w.e.f academic year 2012-13 ‘g’ schemesdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_it_curricullum.pdf · course name :...
TRANSCRIPT
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1
MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, MUMBAI TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR POST S.S.C. DIPLOMA COURSES
COURSE NAME : MECHANICAL/CIVIL/CHEMICAL/COMPUTER/ELECTRONICS/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING GROUPS COURSE CODE : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/ EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/ME/MU/PG/PT/ PS /CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX DURATION OF COURSE: 6 SEMESTERS for AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/DC/TC/TX (8 SEMESTERS for CD / CV / ED / EI / FE / IU / MH / MI) WITH EFFECT FROM 2012 - 13 SEMESTER : FIRST DURATION : 16 WEEKS PATTERN : FULL TIME - SEMESTER SCHEME : G
SR. NO SUBJECT TITLE Abbre
viation SUB
CODE
TEACHING SCHEME EXAMINATION SCHEME
TH TU PR PAPER HRS
TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9) SW (17100) Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
1 English ENG 17101 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
50
2 Basic Science Physics EPH 17102 02 -- 02 02 50 100 40 25@ 50 20 -- -- -- -- Chemistry ECH 17103 02 -- 02 02 50 25@ -- -- -- --
3 Basic Mathematics BMS 17104 04 01 -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- --4 Engineering Graphics EGG 17001 02 -- 04 -- -- -- 50# 20 -- -- 50@ 20 5 Computer Fundamentals CMF 17002 01 -- 04 -- -- -- 50#* 20 -- -- 25@ 10
6
Basic Workshop Practice (Civil Group) WPC 17003 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20 Basic Workshop Practice (Electrical Group) WPE 17004 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20
Basic Workshop Practice (Electronics Group) WPX 17005 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20
Basic Workshop Practice (Mechanical & Chemical Group) WPM 17006 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20
Basic Workshop Practice (Computer Group) WPI 17007 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20
TOTAL 14 01 18 -- 300 -- 150 -- -- -- 150 -- 50 Student Contact Hours Per Week: 33 Hrs. Theory and practical periods of 60 minutes each. Total Marks : 650 @ Internal Assessment, # External Assessment, #* On Line Examination, No Theory Examination. Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, ,OR-Oral, TW- Term work, SW- Sessional Work
Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as sessional work (SW). Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms Code number for TH, PR, OR and TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code as mentioned.
Basic Science is divided into two parts- Basic Physics and Basic Chemistry. Theory examination of both parts as well as practical examination of both parts will be conducted on separate days. Sum of theory marks of both parts shall be considered for passing theory examination of Basic Science. Similarly it is also applicable to practical examination. It is mandatory to appear theory and practical examination of both parts. Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.
Candidate remaining absent in examination of any one part of Basic Science subject i.e. Physics, Chemistry will be declare as Absent in Mark List and has to appear for examination. The marks of the part for which candidate was present will not be processed or carried forward.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17101 2
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology.
Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/
ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX
Semester : First
Subject Title : English
Subject Code : 17101
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS. TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
Rationale:
The most commonly used medium to express oneself is language. English, being a global
language, is used in all the spheres of human life i.e., personal, professional and social. A diploma
student is expected to be proficient in English language and pursue the existing course of study to
handle the future jobs. The content of the text includes the aspects related to language skills.
General Objectives:
Students will be able to;
1. Develop vocabulary.
2. Apply the rules of grammar.
3. Comprehend the given unseen passage.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17101 3
Learning Structure:
Application Procedure Principles Concepts Facts
To enable students to comprehend the meaning of new words, use grammar to write correct sentences and to develop meaningful paragraphs.
Techniques of responding to short and long questions
Techniques of application of grammar
Procedure for writing different types of paragraphs
Techniques of Refereeing to Dictionary and Thesaurus
Principles of Sentences formation
Principles of identification of various aspects of grammar
Principles of logical development of paragraph
Concept of comprehending the text
Concept of Sentence construction
Concept of classifying types of paragraph
Content of the text
Tenses, preposition, conjunction, articles, punctuation
Topic Sentences
Dictionary & Thesaurus
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17101 4
CONTENTS: Theory
Name of the Topic Hours Marks PART I - Application of Grammar Specific Objective:
Apply grammatical rules to form correct sentences.
Contents: Articles: Appropriate use of definite and indefinite Articles Prepositions: To use correct Prepositions as per context Conjunctions: Co-ordinating and sub-ordinating Conjunctions Tenses: Correct usages of past, present and future tenses Active and Passive voice: Use of Active and Passive voice Direct and Indirect sentences: Conversion of direct into indirect
sentence and vice versa
12 24
PART II – Text Specific Objectives:
Answer the questions based on the articles State the meanings of the given words from the articles
Contents:
Articles
20 32
PART III - Paragraph Writing Specific Objective:
Write a paragraph on a given topic
Contents: Paragraph Writing: Elaborate and expand the ideas with cohesion,
coherence and use of correct punctuation marks Types of Paragraph: Narrative, Descriptive, Technical, Comparison
and Contrast Dialogue Writing: Based on various situations Speech Writing based on situations: Welcome Speech, Farewell
Speech, Vote of Thanks and Introducing a Guest
06 16
PART IV – Comprehension Specific Objective:
Comprehend and provide the answers on given passages
Contents: Comprehension of Passage: Comprehending questions and writing
the answers on unseen passages
04 12
PART V- Vocabulary Building Specific Objective:
Use correct words in given situations
Contents: Words Often Confused
06 16
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17101 5
Collocation Prefix and Suffix Synonyms and Antonyms
Total 48 100 Skills to be developed in practicals: Intellectual Skills:
1. Select appropriate words/verbs and formulate correct sentences 2. Develop ability of correct pronunciation 3. Report writing skills
Assignments: Journal consists of the following assignments:-
1. Punctuate 25 sentences given by the teacher. 2. Rewrite the passage/passages with correct form of verbs. [Teacher is expected to give
passage /passages of verbs used wrongly [at least 25 verbs.] 3. Write 15 synonyms and 15 antonyms with the help of the thesaurus. 4. Write a paragraph each on descriptive, narrative, comparison, contrast and technical type
in 75 to 100 words. 5. Write 10 words of prefixes and 10 words of suffixes and use them in sentences. 6. Select one news from any English newspaper. The news may be from any one of the
following areas – Social, environmental, financial, economics, sports, etc. Prepare a summary of the news and make it presentable by using relevant photographs/graphics.
7. Students will be given ten collocations, develop three sentences for each collocation.
NOTE: The following assignment should be performed in the Language Laboratory/with the help of interactive media.
8. Listen and practice the dialogues with the help of interactive media/ interactive software.
Learning Resources:
Sr. No. Title Author Publisher
1 MSBTE TEXTBOOK ------------- MSBTE
2 ESSENTIAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR RAYMOND MURPHY CAMBRIDGE
3 HIGH SCHOOL ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION WREN AND MARTIN S CHAND & CO.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17102 6
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering / Technology.
Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/
ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Science (Physics)
Subject Code : 17102
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
02 -- 02 02 50 25@ -- -- 75
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE. Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be entered in
mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW) Students should compulsory appear for Basic Science (Physics) & Basic Science
(Chemistry) theory examination. There should be combined passing for the subject (40/100). Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.
Students should compulsory appear for Basic Science (Physics) & Basic Science (Chemistry) practical examination. There should be combined passing for the subject (20/50). Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.
Rationale:
Physics is a foundation of all core technology subjects. Study of science and technology goes hand in hand. Technical knowledge can be gained more effectively using concepts of Physics. Curriculum of Engineering Physics includes fundamental concepts used in industrial applications.
Study of various properties of matter is helpful in the study of Strength of Material, Fluid mechanics, Fluid power etc., and selection of lubricant for machine parts. Property of Surface tension is applicable in Paint industry and capillarity phenomenon is useful in plumbing.
Thermal properties of matter are applicable in study of various core technology subjects like Thermal Engineering, Heat Transfer etc. Optical phenomena such as refraction and dispersion are required in higher study as well as in industry such as in characterization of material using Spectroscopy, X-ray diffraction (XRD), Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM).
Study of wave motion, Simple Harmonic Motion and their behavior is useful in field of Civil Engineering, Electronics & Communication Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Electrical Engineering. Principle of Photocell and its applications are required in study of Solar cells, Photovoltaic cells.
General Objectives: Student will be able to:
1. Understand method of selection of material for intended purpose. 2. Apply knowledge of good and bad conductors of heat in various engineering concepts. 3. Know the effect of interference between light waves.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17102 7
4. Apply knowledge of characteristics of wave motion and resonance in engineering applications.
5. Apply Concept of photoelectric effect for applications like photovoltaic cell, Solar cell. Learning Structure: Application Principle Concepts Facts
Enable to understand applications in engineering field
Archimedes Principle Bernoulli’s Principle Newton’s law , Stoke’s law of Viscosity
Gas laws Kirchoff’ Law Stefen’s Law Avogdro’s Law
Snell’s Law, Scattering of Light
Newton’s Relation
Elasticity, Plasticity Rigidity Pressure, Buoyancy Viscosity Surface Tension
Specific heat Thermal Conductivity Isothermal Process Adiabatic Process
Refraction Dispersion
Vibratory motion Transverse waves Longitudinal waves Resonance
Solids Liquids
Modes of Transfer of Heat
Transmission of light
Wave motion
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17102 8
Theory:
Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1] Properties of solids: Specific Objectives
Calculate the Young’s Modulus of material of wire. • Elasticity: Definitions of deforming force, restoring force, elasticity,
plasticity, Factors affecting elasticity. • Stresses: Tensile, Compressive, Volumetric and Shear stress, • Strains: Tensile, Volumetric and Shear strain. • Elastic limit, Hooke’s law. • Elastic co-efficient- Young’s modulus, bulk modulus, modulus of
rigidity and relation between them • Stress -strain diagram, behavior of wire under continuously increasing
load, yield point, ultimate stress, breaking stress, factor of safety. compressibility, Poisson’s ratio.
05 08
Topic 2] Properties of liquids Specific objectives:
Determine the surface tension of the given liquid Determine the coefficient of viscosity by Stoke’s method.
2.1 Fluid friction: [ 8 Marks] • Pressure , pressure-depth relation (P = ρ h g), atmospheric pressure,
Pascal’s law, Archimedes’s principle. • Viscous force, definition of viscosity, velocity gradient, Newton’s law
of viscosity, coefficient of viscosity and its SI unit. • Streamline and turbulent flow with examples, critical velocity,
Reynold’s number and its significance. • Up thrust force, terminal velocity, Stokes law, and derivation of
coefficient of viscosity by Stoke’s method, effect of temperature and adulteration on viscosity of liquid.
2.2 Surface tension : [4 Marks] • Cohesive and adhesive force, Laplace’s molecular theory of surface
tension, Surface Tension: definition and unit, effect of temperature on surface tension.
• Angle of contact, Capillarity and examples of capillary action, derivation of expression for surface tension by capillary rise method, applications of surface tension.
09 12
Topic 3] Thermal properties of matter: Specific objectives:
Distinguish between isothermal and adiabatic process. Determine the relation between specific heats.
3.1 Modes of transformation of heat : [6 Marks] • Difference between heat and temperature, definition of calorie,
Absolute zero, units of temperature: °C, °F,°K, with their conversion. • Conduction, law of thermal conductivity, coefficient of thermal
conductivity, good conductors of heat & insulators with suitable examples, applications of conduction. Convection, applications of convection. Radiation, applications of radiation.
3.2 Gas laws: : [6 Marks] • Gas Laws: Boyle’s law, Charles law, Gay lussac’s law (Statement and
08 12
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17102 9
mathematical equation only) • Perfect gas equation (PV=RT) (No derivation), specific heat of a
substance , SI unit, specific heat of gas at constant volume (CV ) specific heat of gas at constant pressure (CP ), ratio of specific heat ,Mayer’s relation between CP and CV ,isothermal process, adiabatic process, difference between isothermal process and adiabatic process.
Topic 4] Optics Specific objectives:
Calculate refractive index of prism. Determine the numerical aperture of optical fiber
Refraction of light : [ 6 Marks] • Refraction of monochromatic light, Snell’s law, Derivation of prism
formula, total internal reflection, critical angle. • Optical fibre: principle, structure of optical fiber, propagation of light
wave through optical fibre, derivation of numerical aperture and acceptance angle.
04 06
Topic 5] Wave motion Specific objectives:
Differentiate between transverse waves and longitudinal waves Derive expression for displacement, velocity and acceleration of a body
executing SHM 5.1 Wave motion : [ 6 Marks]
• Definition of a wave, wave motion, wave velocity, wave period, wave frequency, wave length, vibratory motion, periodic motion, amplitude of a vibrating particle, derivation of v = n λ
• Simple harmonic motion (SHM), examples of SHM, equation of SHM, expression of velocity and acceleration of a body executing SHM.
• Types of progressive waves: transverse and longitudinal waves with examples.
5.2 Resonance: [ 6 Marks] • Stationary wave, formation of stationary wave, examples of stationary
wave, characteristics of stationary waves, free and forced vibrations with examples.
• Resonance: definition of resonance, examples of resonance, formula to calculate velocity of sound by resonance tube method.
06 12
TOTAL 32 50 Practical: Skills to be developed
1) Intellectual skills-
Select proper measuring instruments
Verify the principles, laws, using given instruments under different conditions.
Read and interpret the graph.
Interpret the results from observations and calculations.
2) Motor skills-
Handle the instruments.
Measuring physical quantities accurately.
Observe the phenomenon and to list the observations in a tabular form.
Plot the graphs.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17102 10
List of experiments
1. Know your Physics Laboratory, measuring instruments and interpretation of graph. 2. Measure the dimensions of given objects using vernier caliper. 3. Measure the dimensions of given objects using micrometer screw gauge. 4. Determine Young’s modulus of elasticity of metal wire by using Searle’s apparatus. 5. Determine coefficient of viscosity of given liquid using Stoke’s Method 6. Determine surface tension of liquid by capillary rise method using travelling microscope. 7. Determine the coefficient of thermal conductivity of copper by Searle’s method 8. Determine refractive index of liquid by concave mirror. 9. Determine stiffness constant ‘K’ of a helical spring.
Learning Resources:
1. Reference Books:
Sr. No. Title Author Publisher
01 Engineering Physics B.L. Theraja S. Chand Publishers – New Delhi 02 Engineering Physics V. Rajendran Tata McGraw-Hill Publications 03 Conceptual Physics P. G. Hewitt Pearson education (Tenth edition) 04 Physics- Std XI, Std XII - HSC board/CBSE Board
05 Engineering Physics R.K.Gaur and S.L.Gupta
Dhanpat Rai Publication, New Delhi.
2. Websites:
http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/permot2.html http://physics.info http://inventors.about.com/od/xyzstartinventions/a/x-ray.htm http://www.kettering.edu/physics/drussell/Demos/waves/wavemotion.html http://physics.usask.ca/~hirose/ep225/anim.htm http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/geoopt/dispersion.html
3) Videos: 1. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u5AxlJSiEEs: Demonstration showing surface tension
of water using screen 2. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v5h3h2E4z2Q Demonstration showing Photoelectric
effect and Photo Cell 3. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=42Qv8lkB-nM Demonstration showing viscosity of
various liquids 4. http://www.can-do.com/uci/ssi2003/gas-laws.html Demonstration of various Gas Laws
4) CD: Educational Cd of NCERT Educational cd of Pearson education India
5) PPT: www.slidehare.net/donpraju/photoelectriceffect-ppt
www.khanacademy.com
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17103 11
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology
Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/
ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Science (Chemistry)
Subject Code : 17103
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
02 -- 02 02 50 25@ -- -- 75
Note:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE. Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW). Students should compulsory appear for Basic Science (Physics) & Basic Science
(Chemistry) theory examination. There should be combined passing for the subject (40/100). Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.
Students should compulsory appear for Basic Science (Physics) & Basic Science (Chemistry) practical examination. There should be combined passing for the subject (20/50). Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.
Rationale:
Basic Chemistry is the basic science which is essential to all engineering courses. For an engineer, the usage of equipments and instruments would require knowledge of chemical substances, their composition and properties. Hence the content of this subject provides knowledge of engineering materials. This knowledge also aims to bridge the theoretical concepts and their practical engineering applications, thus highlighting the role of chemistry in the field of engineering. It helps in understanding chemical and physical properties of engineering materials.
The content of this curriculum has four units which provide the knowledge of chemical bonding, mechanisms of various applications of electrochemistry. It also provides in depth knowledge of extraction processes, properties and applications of metals and alloys. The non-metallic materials like plastics, rubber, insulators are the back bone of developing industries. General Objectives: The student will be able to
1. Know the concepts of valence electrons and valency of elements. 2. Apply the knowledge of electrolysis in engineering applications.
3. Understand the formation of various molecules.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17103 12
4. Apply the properties of metals and alloys in engineering field. 5. Use non-metallic materials in engineering applications. Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principle Concept
Fact
Gravity separation, electromagnetic separation, froth floatation, calcination, roasting
Electroplating, electrorefining,
Vulcanisation of rubber
Apply the knowledge of chemical, physical properties and processes in engineering fields.
Formation of electrovalent and covalent compounds
Electrolysis Faraday’s laws.
Concentration, reduction, refining
Polymerisation
Isotopes, isobars, orbits, orbitals valency, electronic configuration
Electrolytic dissociation ionisation, electrolysis, electrolyte, electrode
Hardness, tensile strength, malleability, ductility, toughness
Thermosoftening thermo-setting plastics, elasticity, rebound, tack
Atom, molecule, atomic number, atomic mass number
Plastics, rubber, insulator
Metal, alloy, ore, mineral, gangue, flux, slag
Mineral salts cathode, anode, cation, anion
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17103 13
Theory Content:
Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1] Chemical Bonding: Specific Objectives:
Predict valence electrons and valency of elements. Draw schematic diagram for formation of molecules.
1.1 Atomic Structure : [8 Marks] • Definition of atom, Bohr's atomic model, structure of modern atom,
characteristics of fundamental particles of an atom, definition of atomic number, atomic mass number and their differences, Isotopes and Isobars: Definitions, examples and distinction, applications of carbon and cobalt isotopes.
Orbits: Bohr’s energy levels, sub-energy levels, s, p, d, f orbitals, shapes and description of s-orbital and p- orbital. Distribution of electrons in orbitals: Definition of electronic configuration, Aufbau’s principle, Hund’s rule, orbital electronic configurations (s, p, d, f) of elements having atomic number 1 to 30, 1.2 Valency: [4 Marks] • Definitions of valence electrons, valency. • Definition of electrovalency, positive and negative electrovalency, formation
of Electrovalent compounds-MgO,CaCl2 • Definition of covalency, single, double and triple covalent bonds, formation
of Covalent compounds H2O,CO2,N2
08 12
Topic 2] Electrochemistry: Specific Objectives:
Describe the mechanism of electrolysis. Identify the role of electrodes in application of electrolysis.
2.1 Basic concepts of electrolysis: [4 Marks] • Electrolyte, types of electrolyte- strong and weak electrolyte, their
difference. • Ionisation and electrolytic dissociation, Arrhenius theory of electrolytic
dissociation, degree of ionization, factors affecting degree of ionization. Definitions of electrolytic cell, electrodes-cathode, anode, electrode potential-oxidation potential and reduction potential.
2.2 Electrolysis: [10 Marks] • Mechanism of electrolysis- Electrolysis, electrochemical series for cations
and anions, • Mechanism of electrolysis of CuSO4 solution by using platinum
electrodes and copper electrodes • Applications of electrolysis- Electroplating of silver, electro refining of
blister copper, • Faraday's laws of electrolysis: Faraday’s first and second law, relation
between electrochemical equivalent and chemical equivalent, Numericals. • pH and pOH: Definition of pH, pOH, pH Scale, Numericals.
10 14
Topic 3] Metals and Alloys: Specific Objectives:
Identify the properties of metals and alloys related to engineering applications.
Describe the process of extraction of metals. 3.1 Metals: [8 Marks]
08
12
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17103 14
• Occurrence of metals in free and combined state, definitions- mineral, ore, gangue, flux and slag, metallurgy.
• Metallurgy- Detailed Flow chart for extraction of metal, • Important extraction processes-Concentration-gravity separation, electro-
magnetic separation, froth floatation, calcination and roasting, Reduction- smelting, aluminothermic process, Refining- poling, electrorefining
• Mechanical properties of metals- Hardness, ductility, malleability, tensile strength, toughness, machinability, weldability, forging, soldering, brazing, castability.
3.2 Alloys: [4 Marks] • Definition, purposes of making alloys with examples. • Preparation methods- Fusion, Compression • Classification of Alloys- Ferrous and non ferrous alloys with examples. • Examples of alloys- Composition, properties and applications of duralumin,
Woods metal, babbit metal. Topic 4 ] Non-metallic Engineering Materials: Specific Objectives:
Distinguish between thermosoftening and thermosetting plastics. List the properties of rubber State the applications of thermal insulators.
4.1 Polymers ( Plastics, Rubber) : [8 Marks] • Plastics: Definition of plastic, polymer, polymerisation, types of
polymerisation with examples. Types of plastic- thermo softening plastics and thermosetting plastics and their difference, properties and applications of plastics.
• Rubber: Types of rubber. • Natural Rubber- definition, drawbacks of natural rubber, vulcanization of
rubber with chemical reaction, applications of vulcanized rubber. Synthetic rubber- definition, difference between natural and synthetic rubber, examples of synthetic rubber, properties of synthetic rubber like - elasticity, tack, and abrasion resistance, their definition and related applications.
4.2 Thermal Insulators [4 Marks] • Thermal Insulators -Definition, characteristics of thermal insulators,
classification- organic and inorganic thermal insulators, their examples, preparation, properties and applications of thermocole and glasswool.
06
12
Total 32 50
Practical: Intellectual Skills:
1. Analyse given solution and to find the chemical properties of metallic and non-metallic ions. 2. Interpret the results of experiments or numerical values. 3. Understand the set up of the experiment. 4. Verify the laws and characteristics.
Motor Skills: 1. Handle various laboratory reagents. 2. Accurately measure proper quantity of various chemicals. 3. Observe correct colour of precipitate, evolution of gas. 4. Connect electrical circuit as per the circuit diagram.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17103 15
5. Proficiently handle apparatus and equipments to perform experiments. 6. Observe the completion of reaction. List of Experiments:
Sr. No. Name of the experiment
1 Know your Chemistry laboratory and prepare sample solutions of different concentrations.
2 Determine the basic radical (metallic ion) and acidic radical (non-metallic ion) by qualitative analysis of given salt solution no-1.
3 Determine the basic radical (metallic ion) and acidic radical (non-metallic ion) by qualitative analysis of given salt solution no-2.
4 Determine the basic radical (metallic ion) and acidic radical (non-metallic ion) by qualitative analysis of given salt solution no-3.
5 Determine the basic radical (metallic ion) and acidic radical (non-metallic ion) by qualitative analysis of given salt solution no-4.
6 Determine the basic radical (metallic ion) and acidic radical (non-metallic ion) by qualitative analysis of given salt solution no-5.
7 Calculate the electrochemical equivalent of copper by electrolysis of copper sulphate solution using copper electrodes.
8 Determine pH value of given solutions by using pH paper, universal indicator and pH meter.
9 Prepare Phenol formaldehyde resin used in manufacturing of Bakelite plastic. Learning Resources:
1. Reference books:
Sr. No. Author Name of the book Publisher
1 Jain and Jain Engineering Chemistry Dhanpat Rai and Sons 2 ---- Engineering Chemistry Wiley India Edition 3 B. K. Sharma Industrial Chemistry Goel Publication 4 S. S. Dara Engineering Chemistry S. Chand Publication
2. List of web sites/ Videos and animations: Chemical Bonding http://cas.sdss.org/dr6/en/proj/advanced/spectraltypes/energylevels.asp http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Matter http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electron_configuration http://www.chemguide.co.uk/atoms/propsmenu.html#top http://www.chem1.com/acad/webtext/chembond/ http://www.footprints-science.co.uk/Chemistry.htm http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8tqfDE6vqcs&feature=related (Ionic Bonding) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KjoQHqgzda8&feature=related (Chemical Bonding) http://dwb4.unl.edu/chemAnime/ECONFIG/ECONFIG.html (electronic Configuration) http://employees.oneonta.edu/viningwj/sims/atomic_electron_configurations_s1.html (electronic Configuration)
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17103 16
http://employees.oneonta.edu/viningwj/sims/atomic_electron_configurations_s2.html (electronic Configuration of Ions) http://www.kentchemistry.com/links/AtomicStructure/PauliHundsRule.htm (Hunds Rule) http://www.quimica3d.com/animations/en-21a.php (Orbital) http://www.ausetute.com.au/lewisstr.html (Lewis Structure) http://winter.group.shef.ac.uk/orbitron/AOs/2p/index.html (Atomic Orbitals) http://ippex.pppl.gov/interactive/matter/molecule.html http://www.kentchemistry.com/links/bonding/typesofBonds.htm (Chemical Bond) Electrochemistry http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrolysis http://www.chem1.com/acad/webtext/elchem/ http://www.splung.com/content/sid/3/page/batteries www.teachnet-uk.org.uk/...Metals/...metals/Properties%20of%20Meta... http://www.authorstream.com/Presentation/aSGuest33360-286609-froth-flotation-Entertainment-ppt-powerpoint/ http://dwb4.unl.edu/chemAnime/index.htm http://physchem.co.za/OB12-che/electrolysis.htm#copper (Electrochemistry) http://www.mindzeit.com/chemistry.php Metals and Alloys http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Metal Plastic and Rubber http://www.tvo.org/iqm/plastic/animations.html# (Addition Polymerization) http://www.tvo.org/iqm/plastic/animations.html# (Condensation Polymerization) http://www.chemistryland.com/PolymerPlanet/Polymers/PolymerTutorial.htm (Plastic) http://www.elmhurst.edu/~chm/vchembook/403rubber.html (Rubber)
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17104 17
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology
Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/
ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Mathematics
Subject Code : 17104
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
04 01 -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100
Notes:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
Rationale: Mathematics is the foundation of science and technology. The study of basic mathematics
is helpful to understand concepts of Engineering. This subject enhances logical thinking capability. It also improves the systematic approach in solving engineering problem.
Algebra provides the language and abstract symbols of mathematics. It also helps to use that Language in real-life applications.
Matrix and Determinant topics are helpful for finding optimum solution of system of simultaneous equations which are formed in the various branches of engineering using different parameters.
Trigonometry is the study of triangles and angles. Geometry gives emphasis on understanding the deductive reasoning process. It includes
writing derivations of theorems and giving geometric relationships by reasoning. Co- ordinate geometry plays an important role in Animation, AutoCAD, Computer graphics etc. Contents of this subject will form foundation for further study in mathematics. General Objectives: Student will be able to:
1. Apply Cramer’s rule and matrix method to solve simultaneous equations in three variables.
2. Use concept of allied angle, compound angle, multiple and sub-multiple angles to solve engineering problems.
3. Use factorization and de-factorization formulae to solve examples. 4. Understand the relationship of two variables.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17104 18
Learning Structure: Application Procedure
Technique of using determinant method and matrix inverse method.
Derivation of formulae and technique of using formulae.
Applying formula for solving examples.
Principle
Expansion of determinant. Adjoint, inverse of matrix, multiplication of matrices. Dispersion
Trigonometric ratios of all angles.
Equations of straight line in different forms.
Concept
Cofactor, determinant of matrix, Mean, Median, Standard Deviation
Allied angle, compound, multiple and sub-multiple angles. Inverse trigonometric ratios.
Angle between lines, point of intersection, standard.
Facts
Numbers, Simultaneous equations, Variance
Angle and trigonometric ratios
Point, slope, intercepts, centre
Solve problems on algebra, trigonometry and geometry for
engineering situations.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17104 19
Theory
Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic - I Algebra 1.1 -Determinant ----------------------- 04 Specific objectives:
Solve simultaneous equations in three variables using Cramer’s rule . • Definition and expansion of determinant of order 3 . • Cramer’s rule to solve simultaneous equations in three variables.
04
32
1.2 - Matrices ----------------------- 16 Specific objectives :
Perform all algebraic operations on matrices. Solve simultaneous equations in three variables.
• Definition of a matrix of order m x n and types of matrices. • Algebra of matrices with properties and examples. • Transpose of a matrix with properties. • Cofactor of an element of a matrix. • Adjoint of matrix and inverse of matrix by adjoint method. • Solution of simultaneous equations containing two and three
unknowns by matrix inversion method.
10
1.3 -Partial Fraction ------------------------- 12 Specific objectives:
Find partial fraction of proper and improper fraction. • Definition of fraction, proper, improper fraction and partial fraction. • Resolve proper fractions into partial fraction with denominator
containing i) non repeated linear factors, ii) repeated linear factors, iii) non repeated quadratic irreducible factors.
• To resolve improper fraction in to partial fraction.
08
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17104 20
Tutorials: Note: 1) Tutorials are to be used to get enough practice.
1) Make group of 20 students and for each group minimum 10 problems are to be given.
Topic 2- Trigonometry 2.1 Trigonometric Ratios of Allied, Compound, Multiple and Sub-Multiple
Angles ------------------------------------ 16 Specific objectives:
Solve examples of allied angle, compound angle, multiple and sub-multiple angles.
• Trigonometric ratios of any angle. • Definition of allied angle, compound, multiple and sub-multiple
angles. • Trigonometric ratios of above angles with proofs. Simple examples
10
40 2.2 Factorization and De-factorization Formulae ------------------- 12
Specific objectives: Derive factorization and de-factorization formulae to solve examples.
• Formulae for factorization and de-factorization with proof and examples.
08
2.3 Inverse Trigonometric Ratios ------------------------- 12
Specific objectives: Solve examples of inverse trigonometric ratios.
• Definition of inverse trigonometric ratios. • Principal value of inverse trigonometric ratios. • Relation between inverse trigonometric ratios with proof and
examples.
08
Topic 3- Co –Ordinate Geometry 3.1 Straight Line ------------------------ 16 Specific objectives:
Solve problems with given condition. • Angle between two lines with proof. Examples. • Condition of parallel and perpendicular lines. • Point of intersection of two lines, equation of line passing through
point of intersection with given condition. • Perpendicular distance between point and line with proof and
examples. • Distance between two parallel line with proof and examples.
10 16
Topic 4 - Statistics 4.1 Measures of Dispersion ---------------------- 12 Specific objectives :
Find the range, mean deviation, standard deviation and consistency of any data.
• Measures of dispersion - range, mean deviation from mean and median, and standard deviation.
• Variance and its coefficient. Comparisons of two sets of observations.
06 12
Total 64 100
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17104 21
List of tutorial:
Learning Resources:
1) Books : Sr. No
Title
Authors
Publication
1 Mathematics for Polytechnic S.P. Deshpande Pune Vidyarthi Griha.
2 Trigonometry S. L. Loney S. Chand Publication 3 Matrices Ayres Schuam series McGraw Hill
4 Higher Engineering Mathematics B. S. Grewal Khanna publication
5 Engineering Mathematics S. S. Sastry Prentice Hall of India
2) Websites : i) www.khan Academy
Sr. No. Topic for tutorial
1 Determinant. 2 Matrices (Algebra of matrices) 3 Matrices (Adjoint , inverse and solution of equations using matrix inversion method ) 4 Partial fraction. 5 Trigonometric ratio of allied, compound, multiple and sub-multiple angles. 6 Factorization and de- factorization formulae. 7 Inverse trigonometric ratios. 8 Straight line. 9 Statistics( Measure of Dispersion)
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17001 22
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology.
Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/
ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX
Semester : First
Subject Title : Engineering Graphics
Subject Code : 17001
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
02 -- 04 -- -- 50# -- 50@ 100
Notes: - 1) Students should use the A3 size sketchbook for class works.
2) Use approximately 570mm×380mm size drawing sheet for term work.
Rationale:
Engineering Graphics is the language of engineers. The concepts of Engineering Graphics
are used to develop, express the ideas, and convey the instructions which are used to carry out jobs
in the field Engineering. The course illustrates the techniques of graphics in actual practice. This
preliminary course aims at building a foundation for the further course in drawing and other allied
subjects. This subject is useful in developing drafting and sketching skills of students.
Objectives:
The student after studying this subject will be able to:-
1) Draw different engineering curves and know their applications.
2) Draw orthographic projections of different objects.
3) Visualize three dimensional objects and draw Isometric Projections.
4) Draw simple geometrical figures using CAD package.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17001 23
Learning Structure: Problem: Procedure:
Principle: Concept: Facts:
To acquire the skill of visualizing, interpreting and drawing the curves, orthographic projections, and isometric views of
simple components.
Read, understand, visualize, interpret and draw engineering curves, orthographic and isometric views. Prepare drawing
using CAD & Dimensioning Techniques.
Orthographic projection by 1st angle method, Isometric
projections, diagonal scale, plain scale.
Reference planes (HP, VP), projections, isometric axes & scale, locus of points, convention of lines, polygon, dimensioning, engineering drawing IS Code SP-46
Various objects, geometric entities, line, arc circle, computer,
drawing instruments.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17001 24
Theory:
Name of the Contents Hours1. Principles of Drawing Specific Objective
Use Instruments for drawing, Scales, Lines, & there applications. Draw a basic 2-D geometrical entities using CAD.
1.1 Drawing Instruments and their uses • Standard sizes of drawing sheets (ISO-A series • Letters and numbers (single stroke vertical) • Convention of lines and their applications. • Scale (reduced, enlarged & full size) plain scale and diagonal scale. • Dimensioning technique as per SP-46 (Latest edition) – types and applications of
chain, parallel and coordinate dimensioning
1.2 Introduction to CAD software (Basic commands like draw, modify). • Advantages of CAD • Geometrical constructions
06
2. Engineering curves & Loci of Points. Specific Objective
Draw Conic curves, involute, Cycloid & know their applications Draw helix, spiral, & loci of points from given data.
2.1 Conic Section • To draw an ellipse by Arcs of circle method & Concentric circles method. • To draw a parabola by Directrix and focus method &Rectangle method • To draw a hyperbola by Transverse Axis and focus method & rectangular hyperbola
(Inclined axes). 2.2 Engineering curves • To draw involutes of circle & pentagon, • To draw a cycloid, epicycloids, hypocycloid • To draw Helix & Archimedean spiral. • Loci of points on any link of (i) 4 bar mechanism and (ii) Single slider crank
mechanism with given specifications.
09
3. Orthographic projections Specific Objective
Visualize, interpret & draw orthographic views from given pictorial view.
• 3.1 Introduction to Orthographic projections. • 3.2 Conversion of pictorial view into Orthographic Views (First Angle
Projection Method Only) – elevation, plan and end view • 3.3 Selection of section plains and drawing sectional view (simple object)
08
Chapter 4.Isometric projections Specific Objective
Visualize interpret & draw isometric view from given orthographic views • 4.1 Isometric scale, comparison of true scale with isometric scale • 4.2 Conversion of orthographic views into isometric View / projection
09
Total 32
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17001 25
Practical: Skills to be developed for practical: Intellectual skills:
1. To develop ability to solve problems on geometrical constructions.
2. To develop ability to differentiate between conic and curves
3. Able to interpret the given mechanisms and locus of points.
4. Develop ability to interpret first angle projection method.
5. To interpret and able to solve problem on orthographic projection of given object.
6. Develop ability to differentiate between isometric view and isometric projections.
7. To differentiate between Isometric scale and true scale
Motor Skills:
1. To develop ability to draw the geometrical constructions by computer. Using CAD
2. To develop ability to draw different types of curves.
3. Develop ability to draw orthographic projections by first angle projection method
4. Develop ability to draw isometric views and isometric projections from given
orthographic views of an object using computer.
List of Practical: List of Practical
1.Geometrical Constructions Using CAD - (1 Sheet) Using CAD, draw the following figures with dimensions- Rectangle, circle, pentagon, hexagon, and two composite figures involving tangential exercises. 2. Engineering curves &Loci of points - (1 Sheet) i) Three different curves are to be draw using any one method. ii) Draw locus of point on anyone mechanism 3. Orthographic projections - (Total 2 Sheets) Two objects by first angle projection method – - Full orthographic views -One sheet - Sectional orthographic views–One sheet 4. Isometric projection - (Total 2 sheets) - Isometric views of two objects- One sheet - Isometric projection of two objects – One sheet Learning Resources: - 1. Books: - Sr. No. Author Title Publication
1 N. D. Bhatt Engineering Drawing Charotar Publishing House 2010 2 Amar Pathak Engineering Drawing Dreamtech Press, 2010 3 D.Jolhe Engineering Drawing Tata McGraw Hill Edu., 2010 4 M.B.Shah, Engineering Drawing Pearson, 2010
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17001 26
B.C.Rana 5 R. K. Dhawan Engineering Drawing S. Chand Co., Reprint 2010
6 K. L. Narayan, P. Kannaiah
Text Book on Engineering Drawing
Scitech Publications, 24th Reprint August 2011
7 K. Venugopal Engineering Drawing and Graphics + AutoCAD
New Age Publication, Reprint 2006
8 IS Code, SP – 46 Engineering Drawing Practice for schools and colleges
2. Video Cassettes / CD’s
1. Instructional / Learning CD developed by ARTADDICT.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17002 27
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology.
Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/
ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/FE/IC/IE/IF/IS/IU/ME/
MH/MI/MU/PG/PS/PT
Semester : First
Subject Title : Computer Fundamentals
Subject Code : 17002
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
01 -- 04 -- -- 50* # -- 25@ 75
* On Line Examination
Rationale:
Since early 21st Century the use of Computer has been so rapidly that it is difficult to think
of an area where computers are not being used. It is very desirable that everyone should have good
knowledge of computer.
Main purpose of this subject is how to use a computer for basic needs. This subject covers
application softwares like MS-Word, MS-Excel, MS- PowerPoint.
It is a gateway to wonderful world of information and part of various applications like
business, academic, hospitals, construction, designing, chemical fields and many more.
Intellectual Skills:
Students should be able to:
1. Use of Operating System.
2. Use MS- Word, MS-Excel, MS- PowerPoint, efficiently for documentation.
3. Use browser for accessing Internet.
Motor Skills:
Handle Personal Computer System.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17002 28
Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principle Concept Fact
Follow GUI based Instructions.
Basic Principles of Computer System and Hardware Components
GUI based softwares
Word document,
Spreadsheet and
Presentation
Internet
Browser and Explorer
Computer, Peripheral Devices and Application Softwares
Prepare various office documents, Internet Surfing, Application of Computer System in various domains
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17002 29
Contents: Note:
1. It is suggested that the separate batch should be formed for students having less computer background.
2. Contents of theory are to be taught in practical period with the help of LCD projector.
Sr. No Activity/Topics Hours
1 • Algorithms-Introduction, Three Basic Operations, Procedures and Programs 1
2
• Data Representation- Representing different symbols, minimizing errors, Representing more Symbols, Generic Formula, the ASCII code, the EBCDIC code, Rules of Decimal number System and its conversion to binary
• Multimedia- Digital images, analog to digital conversions, digital audio and digital video
2
3
• Binary Arithmetic- binary addition, binary subtraction, multiplication and division
• Logic Gates- The need for derived gates, Half adder, Full adder, Logical operations
2
4
• Data Storage- memory-Main Memory, Memory data transfer, MBR, Memory decoders -1x2,2x4…10x1024, MAR, Address, Data and Control Buses, Load and Store Instructions, Word and Word Length, RAM and ROM, Cache Memory
• Data Storage- Disk- Memory Hierarchy, Disk basics – Cylinders, Tracks, Surfaces, Sectors, Relationship between logical and physical records, Disk Controller Architecture, Sector format, Formatting Process, Seek Time, Rotational Delay and Transmission time, The relationship between Application program, Operating System, Disk Controller and the actual disk, CDs, DVD
• VDU and Printers-Human-computer interface, Keyboard, Raster Scanning, Frame Buffer, Basics of Graphics, Black and White/ Color Terminals, Text based terminals, LEDs/LCDs, Inkjet Printers, Laser Printer
3
5
• Computer Architecture-CPU Registers, Multiplexers, ALU, Instruction Format, Instruction Decoding, Instruction Execution Cycles
• Operating System-Concepts of system calls, Multiprogramming, Concepts of Context Switch, Different Services of Operating System, Information Management , Process Management (Process states, Process State Transition, Process Scheduling), Memory Management (Fixed Partition, Variable Partition, Paging, Demand Paging)
2
6
• Classification of Computers and applications- Characteristics of Computers, What Computers can do, What computers can’t do, Classification of Digital Computer Systems, Anatomy of a Digital Computer
1
7
• Introduction to Computer Usage of computer system in different domains like office, book publication, ticket reservation, banks etc. Components of PC – Mouse, keyboard, CPU, monitor, printers, scanners, modem, memory, sound cards, pen drives.
1
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17002 30
8
• Introduction to Operating System( Windows 7) Working with Windows desktop, icons, taskbar, menu bar options, My Documents, My Computer, Control Panel, Recycle bin Concept of drives, folders, files Windows accessories – Notepad, WordPad, paint, clock, calendar, calculator
1
9
• GUI Based Software – MS – Office 2010 MS-Word – Opening menus, toolbars, opening and closing documents, clipboard concept MS – Excel – Working and manipulating data with excel, formulas, functions, chart and its types MS – PowerPoint – Working with PowerPoint and presentation ,Changing layout, Graphs , Auto content wizard ,Slide show, Animation effects, Normal, outline, Slide sorter, Reading view.
2
10 • Internet
History of Internet, equipments required for Internet connection, browser (Internet Explorer, Mozilla and Firefox, Google Chrome)
1
Total 16 List of Practicals / Activities Sr. No Practicals / Activities
1 • Demonstration of above peripheral devices to students
2 • Moving from one window to another window • Opening task bar buttons into a window. • Arranging icons on the desktop and create shortcuts.
3 • Creating folders and files. • Copy, rename, delete files and folders. • Moving folders and files from one drive to another drive.
4 • Create and edit notepad document. • Create and edit WordPad document. • Create paint file by using different drawing tools.
5
• Creating, editing, saving word document. • Entering and formatting text. • Paragraph formatting, use bullets and numbering. • Page formatting – page margins, page size, orientation, page break, headers and
footers. • Create tables, insert, and delete rows and columns. • Printer installation and printing document. • Create and print mail merging address for envelop and letters.
6
• Create, open and print worksheet with page setup and print options. • Enter data and format cells. • Select, insert, delete cells, rows and columns. • Insert formulas, functions and named ranges in worksheet. • Create chart of different types.
7
• Create a simple text slide using formatting, Selecting a slide layout. And insert pictures & backgrounds.
• Insert auto shapes, clip-arts and form group/un group objects from slides. Apply slide transitions and slide timings and animation effect for slide show
8 • Perform Internet connection.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17002 31
• Create own e-mail id, send and receive mail with attachment. • Searching information using search engine (Google, MSN, bing etc.) • Do Internet chatting and understand the chat toolbar. • Organize favorite websites in different browsers.
Learning Resources: 1. Books:
Sr.No Author Title Publisher
1 Achyut Godbole Demystifying Computer TMH
2 Alexis Leon Introduction to Computers Vikas Publishing House
3 Vikas Gupta Comdex Computer Course Kit (Windows 7 with Office 2010 ) Dreamtech Press
4 Steve Schwartz Microsoft Office 2010 Pearson 5 Elaine Marmel Microsoft Project 2010 (Bible) Wiley India 6 Preppernau Cox Windows 7 Step by Step PHI
2. Links:
1. http://www.psexam.com 2. http://www.gcflearnfree.org/office 3. http://www.softwaretrainingtutorials.com/ms-project-2010.php 4. http://www.7tutorials.com
List of Equipments/Tool: Hardware Tools-
1. Computer System (Pentium –IV or higher version) 2. Printer 3. Modem 4. Pen Drive
Software Tools-
1. Windows- 7 (Operating System) 2. MS-Office 2010 3. MS- Project 2010 4. Internet Explorer/Mozilla/Chrome/Firefox
Guidelines for Online Exam:
1. Total duration for online examination is an hour. 2. There will be theoretical multiple choice questions. 3. There will be certain practical performance based questions.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17003 32
Course Name : Civil Engineering Group
Course Code : CE/CR/CS/CV
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Civil)
Subject Code : 17003
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
-- -- 04 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50
Note: Related theory to be taught during practicals Rationale:
Civil diploma technician is expected to acquire basic workshop skills and should be able to
exhibit them whenever needed during execution of various works. The students are required to
identify, operate and control various machines in different shops of workshop. Selection of
appropriate tools and different equipments will be useful for performing various jobs in carpentry,
welding, fitting, plumbing and sheet metal which are needful for different construction works.
Knowledge of carpentry will be useful in joinery work of doors, windows and other wooden
structures. Knowledge of welding will be useful for fabrication of grill work, prefabricated steel
staircase, railing etc. Topic on fitting will be useful in steel structural works .Plumbing will be
useful for conveying liquid and gas. Knowledge of sheet metal shop will be useful in preparation of
rain water sheds.
Thus knowledge of welding, fitting, carpentry, plumbing and sheet metal will enable the
diploma technician to execute the construction work properly as and where required.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17003 33
Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principle Concept Fact
Use of different wood working processes to produce articles like chair, table, chaurang etc. To operate & control machine & tools used in these processes
Use of different welding / fitting processes, to produce articles like shoe stand, corner piece by adopting & developing safety attitude
Use of different Sheet metal processes to produce articles like metal cane, boxes, measuring jar, funnel etc. To operate & control machine & tools used in these
Logical sequence of operation in making wooden joints like marking, planning, chiseling, assembly, polishing etc.
Welding transformer setting, use of flux & electrodes, adjustment of gas flames , chipping, drilling, tapping, & filing.
Logical sequence of operation in making sheet metal jobs like marking, bending, cutting, shearing, lancing, riveting etc.
Wood working principle planning sawing, grooving, chiseling, process, principle to wood working machine & other machine & tools for the above process etc.
Principle of arc welding, gas welding for preparing various joints. Working principle of drilling / tapping machine.
Sheet metal working principle, Cutting, Bending, Greasing, Shearing, operation. Principle of soldering & brazing operation.
Concept of wood working, different joints & polishing.
Concept of welding drilling & tapping cutting parameter
Concept of sheet metal working, different sheet metal joints, operation, riveting & brazing.
Hack saw, try square, chisel, mallet, files, V block, vice, hammer, wood working machine, circular cutting machine, welding machine, transformer, welding rod, flux, safety screen, bench vice, files , surface plate, drilling & taping machine. G.I. pipe, PVC pipe, pipe fitting, pipe fitting symbol, adhesive solvent.
Produce piping system for liquid, gas conveyance. Preparation of articles like circular ring, peg chisel etc.
Selection of proper tools, accessories / pipes (G.I./PVC) fitting for different joints used in piping system. Preparing / threading piping layout.
Principle of pipe threading, Principle of chemical adhesion
Various pipe joints, pipe threading, PVC solvent.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17003 34
Practicals: Objectives: Skills to be developed: Intellectual skills:
1. Interpret job drawing. 2. Identify proper material, tools, equipments and machines. 3. State the meaning of caulking, fullering, threading etc. 4. Check the job for confirming desired dimension and shape.
Motor skills:
1. Set tools, work piece and machine for desired operation. 2. Operate tools and machines complete job as per job drawing in allotted time. 3. Use safety equipments and follow safety procedures during operation.
1. CONTENTS:
Guidelines for Conduct of Workshop Practicals
1. Assignment given in the practical content shall be performed by the students under the
guidance of workshop Superintendent / subject teacher, Various tools, different Process
(operations) shall be exhibited to the students before writing the assignment. The teacher shall
guide the student for calculating the cost of articles Prepared.
2. Term work shall consists of
1. File containing the assignment.
2. Job drawing, working process etc. written in workshop diary.
3. The term work assessment shall be done with following norms.
Assignments-10 Marks, Workshop diary and job prepared-40 Marks, Total-50 Marks
3. Safety precautions should be observed while working in workshop.
4. Batch shall be formed depending on volume of work.
5. Student shall be guided to calculate the cost of materials and labors required for their job from
the drawing.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17003 35
Shop And Contents Hours SHOP : 1 WOOD WORKING SHOP Contents Assignment ---------------------------------------------------------02+02
1. Draw sketches of different carpentry tools, wood turning lathe, Label the sketch, write their uses and tools.
2. List five different types of woods used for carpentry. State their Properties. Demonstration------------------------------------------------------02+02
1. Observe operation of different carpentry tools and different Wood working processes like sawing, planning, marking, Chiseling, grooving and wood turning.
2. Practice different wood working processes. Job------------------------------------------------------------------------08
1. Prepare one simple job involving any one joint like mortise and Tenon, dovetail, bridle, half lap etc.
2. Prepare one simple job on turning like rolling pin, chisel handle.
16
SHOP : 2 WELDING SHOP Contents Assignment--------------------------------------------------------------02
1. Describe in brief the process of ARC welding, gas welding, gas Cutting. State the situation where each is used.
2. List points for selection of welding rod material, size of welding Rod, different types of flame, sketch of elementary symbolic Representation in welding.
3. Safety precautions in welding, safety equipment and it’s use in Welding process. Demonstration----------------------------------------------------------02
1. Observe operation of ARC welding, gas welding, gas cutting Rebuilding of broken parts with welding.
Job------------------------------------------------------------------------08 1. Prepare one simple job involving butt and lap joint.
12
SHOP : 3 FITTING SHOP Contents Assignment--------------------------------------------------------------02
1. Draw the sketches of marking/measuring, cutting, holding and Striking tools. Write their purpose and care to be taken.
2. Write component parts and working principle of drilling Machine and its use. 3. Prepare list of power tools, tapping dies, raw sketches of the Same and write the
use. Demonstration----------------------------------------------------------02
1. Observe different fitting, power tools and drilling machine. 2. Observe different operations in fitting shop like chipping filing Right angle
making, drilling, cutting, tapping. Job------------------------------------------------------------------------08 1. Prepare one simple job involving practice of chipping, filing, Drilling, tapping,
cutting etc.
12
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17003 36
Shop And Contents Hours
SHOP : 4 PLUMBING SHOP Contents Assignment--------------------------------------------------------------02
1. Identify different types of pipes as G.I., PVC, flexible, rigid As per material used and function.
2. Identify different types of pipe fittings and accessories required For different types of pipes.
3. Identify different types of adhesives, solvents and chemicals. Demonstration----------------------------------------------------------02
1. Observe the operations of PVC pipe fittings using adhesives, Solvents and chemicals.
2. Preparation of actual drawing for pipeline layout for PVC And G.I. pipe. Calculation of bill of materials.
3. Preparing actual pipeline layout for PVC, G.I. pipe. Job------------------------------------------------------------------------08
1. Prepare one job of simple pipe joint with nipple coupling for Pipe. Pipe threading using standard die sets.
12
TOPIC : 5 SHEET METAL SHOP Contents Assignment--------------------------------------------------------------02
1. Draw the sketches of various types of tools, equipments and Accessories used in sheet metal shop. Also mention their use.
2. Write safety precautions to be taken while working in shop. Demonstration----------------------------------------------------------02
1. Observe different sheet metal operations like sheet cutting, Bending, edging, curling, lancing, soldering and riveting.
Job------------------------------------------------------------------------08 1. Prepare one simple job involving sheet metal operations and soldering and
riveting.
12
Total 64 Learning Resources:
1. Books: Sr. No. Name of Author Name of Books Publisher
01 S. K. Hajara Chaudhary Workshop Technology Media promoters and publisher, New Delhi
02 B. S. Raghuwanshi Workshop Technology Dhanpat rai & Sons, New Delhi
03 R. K. Jain Production Technology Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
04 S. G. Deolalilkar Plumbing ( Design & Practice) M C Grawhill New Delhi 05 H. S. Bawa Workshop Practice II Edition M C Grawhill New Delhi
06 -- Kent’s Mechanical Engineering Hand book
John Wiley and sons New York.
2. CBI Packages Developed by NITTTR Bhopal
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17003 37
3. Transparencies
4. Website
a) www.copper.org
b) www.wikipedia.com/plumbing
c) www.howstuffwork.com
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17004 38
Course Name : Electrical Engineering / Electrical Power System.
Course Code : EE/EP
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Electrical)
Subject Code : 17004
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPERS HRS. TH PR OR TW TOTAL
-- -- 04 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50
Notes: Related theory will be taught during practical period.
Rationale: -
For a diploma engineer in Electrical Engineering it is essential to know some basic
workshop skills. In the world of work students are required to supervisor, maintenance of
equipment, where he needs the knowledge of basic workshop skills such as welding, Soldering,
Sheet metal working, drilling, tapping etc.
General Objectives:
The Students will be able to: -
• Use the knowledge of sheet metal working & welding for preparing Panels, Switch boxes
etc.
• Use various drills for electrical wiring Installation.
• Make Joints for various types of wiring such as casing capping, conduit wiring & mounting
of accessories& cabling.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17004 39
Learning Structure: Application:- Procedure:- Concept:-
Facts:-
Making of important spare parts and work processes used for
Electrical control panels as well as works can be made available easily in the workshop.
Selection of material, Working processes, Proper tools selection,
Properly use of machinery & Equipment’s can be easily understood & handled.
Working principle of welding transformer, electrical spot welding
transformer, Machinery, Equipment’s Handling techniques.
Various workshop tools like cutting, drilling, crimping,
hammering, pressing, etc. Various machinery & equipment’s like Electric welding, spot welding, Gas welding, motor operated
cutting, drilling machinery etc.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17004 40
Practicals:
Name of The Topic and Contents Hours 01. Demonstration of Power Tools & Practice of Utility Items.
• Advanced power tools e.g. Pneumatic Spanner, Lifting. • Tools for cutting & drilling [Manually operating tools & table mounted
motor operated]. • Electrical wiring tools & accessories e. g Portable drilling ,Hammering,
Crimping etc.
04
02. Welding Shop. Introduction & Demonstration to joints of metal and sheet metal pieces, various type of welding machines ,How to use , current setting, Earthing connections etc.& any one composite job involving Butt, Lap joints from the following working pieces of .
• Window Frame, Table Frame, Supporting Frame.[Electric welding] • Sheet metal pieces.[Gas & OR Electric spot welding]
12
03. Plumbing Shop. Demonstration of PVC pipe joints with various PVC fittings & accessories.One job per one group of 05 students.
08
04. Sheet Metal Shop. Introduction to sheet metal works like Bending, Cutting, Welding etc. & any one composite job from the following list along with guidance of supervisor & concerned teacher. [Note- Job shall be prepared of slandered size similar to sealable or marketable article] from list of article given below. One job per one group of 05 students.
• Display board, • Panel board, • Switch box.
12
05. Turning Shop. The turning job work shall be initially explained with pre designed drawing & following three parts of work should be done on one job per group of five students 1] Introduction& Demonstration with utility practice of various turning activities
like, Marking, Measuring, Cutting, Holding, & Striking tools. 8 Hrs 2] Any one job from following list. One job per one group of 05 students.
• Plain & Taper turning. • Threading & Knurling 10 Hrs
3] Job related to Drilling & Tapping. One job per one group of 05 students. 10 Hrs
28
Total 64 Skills to be developed:
Intellectual Skills:
Selection of material, Tools, &Equipments for the process of Cutting,
Drilling, Welding, Turning, & Tapping on metal & sheet metal job works
Method of welding joints, Fabrication process,
Interpretation of Drawing
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17004 41
Motor Skills:
Marking, Measuring, Holding, Striking, cutting, Drilling, Tapping process.
Handling of power tools, Machinery for various processes
Learning Resources: Books:
Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the book Edition Name of the Publisher
1. S.K.HazaraChoudhari. Workshop Technology. -- Media promotion & Publication New Delhi.
2. B.S. Raghuvanshi. Workshop Technology. --- Dhanpatrai& sons New Delhi
3. R.K. Jain. Production Technology. -- KhannaPublication New Delhi.
4. H.S.Bawa. Workshop Technology. -- Tata Mc-Graw, Hill Publication New Delhi.
• ISO, IS, BS standards, Data Sheets, IE Rules Handbook, Charts, Models, CDs, Transparencies,
Websites, PPTs.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17005 42
Course Name : Electronics Engineering Group
Course Code : DE/ED/EI/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/IU/MU
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Electronics Group)
Subject Code : 17005
Teaching & Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
-- -- 04 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50
Rationale:
Electronic diploma technicians are expected to know basic workshop practice like wood
working, sheet metal, fitting and soldering. This subject will develop skills in handling various
mechanical, electrical and electronics tools.
The students are required to select and use various tools & equipments related to wood
working, sheet metal process, soldering and desoldering techniques required in electronic project
work.
General Objectives:
After studying this subject student will be able to:
1. Read and interpret the drawing.
2. Draw sketch for given job.
3. Use specification tables.
4. Decide Sequence of procedure.
5. Recognize, identify and use of various tools used in soldering.
6. Use of soldering technique for efficient repair work.
Skills to be developed:
Intellectual Skills:
1. Ability to read job drawing.
2. Ability to identify and select proper material, tools, equipments and machine.
3. Ability to select proper parameters (like cutting speed, feed, depth cut use of lubricants) in
machine.
4. Ability to select proper material, tools and techniques used in soldering.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17005 43
Motor Skills:
1. Ability to set tools, work piece, and machines for desired operations.
2. Ability to complete job as per job drawing in allotted time.
3. Ability to use safety equipment and follow safety procedures during operations.
4. Ability to prepare and inspect the job for confirming desired dimensions and shape.
5. Ability to acquire hands-on experience in soldering.
Note:
1. Note: The related theoretical contents be taught during practical
2. The practical indicated in topic number 1 , 2 & 3 will be performed in the general
workshop while practical indicated in topic number 4,5 & 6 will be conducted in the
electronics laboratory.
3. Assessment will be done by workshop dept. and electronics dept. separately for 25 marks
each. And average of both will be converted as per teaching scheme.
4. Mark sheet will be submitted by Electronics Department.
Sr. No. Details of Practical Contents
1
WOOD WORKING SHOP: • Demonstration of different wood working tools / machines, wood working processes,
like planning, marking, chiseling, grooving, turning of wood etc. • One simple job of preparing switch board or any other similar job
2.
FITTING SHOP: • Demonstration of different fitting tools and drilling machines and power tools , different
operations like chipping, filing, drilling, tapping, cutting etc. • One simple fitting job involving practice of filing, drilling, tapping, cutting etc. Such as
Regulator Heat sink, Transistor Heat Sink or any other similar job
3
SHEET METAL SHOP: • Demonstration of different sheet metal tools / machines., different sheet metal operations
like sheet cutting, bending, edging, end curling, lancing , soldering and riveting. • One simple job involving sheet metal operations and soldering and riveting. Such as
Battery Eliminator Box or any other similar job
4
IDENTIFICATION OF ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS: • Drawing of symbols / conventions of components, devices, electromechanical switches,
relays, Displays, connectors and cables used in Electronics and Electrical engineering. • Identify electromechanical components; write down the technical specifications using
datasheet / Manual. • Collect the catalog from market / internet for instruments, tools required for electronic
workshop and write down the specification, cost and name of the manufacturer with the help of catalog. (Catalogs of Multimeter. Power supply , function generator, CRO).
5 ELECTRONIC SOLDERING SHOP:
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17005 44
• Introduction and Demonstration of soldering and desoldering tools like normal soldering gun, temperature controlled soldering gun, soldering metals, soldering flux, soldering pot, Desoldering gun, desoldering pump, desoldering mesh.
• Demonstration of different soldering techniques like hand soldering, wave soldering and dip soldering
• One simple job involving soldering and desoldering of electronic components
6
HANDS ON SKILLS • Assembly of electrical extension board (Extension board used, which is prepared in
carpentry) • Heat sink fitting to regulator (heat sink used, which is prepared in Fitting shop ) • Continuity testing using Multimeter
Learning Resource: Books:
Sr. No Books Author Publication
1. Troubleshooting Electronic Equipment R.S.Khandpur Tata McGraw Hill
2. Electronic Components Handbook Thomas H. Jones Reston Publishing Company
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17006 45
Course Name : Mechanical Engineering / Chemical Engineering
Course Code : AE/CH/FE/ME/MH/MI/PG/PT/PS
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Mechanical & Chemical Group)
Subject Code : 17006
Teaching & Examination Scheme
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
-- -- 04 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50
Rationale:
Diploma Mechanical Engineer is expected to develop basic workshop skills in wood
working, Welding, sheet metal and plumbing.
Students are require to identify, select and use different kinds of tools, such as marking,
measuring,, cutting, supporting, striking and various holding devices.
These workshop practices are commonly used in engineering industries. Knowledge of
Basic Workshop Practice and Workshop Practice enables students to use in preparing composite
jobs.
General Objectives: The student will able to
• Know basic workshop processes.
• Read and interpret job drawing, plan various operations and make assembly.
• Identify and select the proper material for the job undertaken.
• Identify, select and use various marking, measuring, holding, striking and cutting tools &
equipments.
• Operate, control different machines and equipment in respective shops.
• Inspect the job for specified dimensions
• Produce and inspect the jobs as per specified dimensions.
• Adopt safety practices while working on various machines.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17006 46
Learning Structure: Application
Procedure
Principle
Concept
Facts
Hand saw, Try square, Chisel, Jack planes, Mallet, Files, vice, hammer, Wood working machine,
Concept of woodworking, different wooden joints and polishing.
Concept of sheet metal working, different sheet metal joints, operations, riveting, brazing and soldering
Wood working principle, planning, sawing, grooving, chiseling process. Principle of wood working machine and other machines and tools for the above processes
Sheet metal working principle, developing surfaces, cutting, bending, creasing, shearing operations. Principles of soldering and brazing operation,
Logical sequence of operation in making wooden joints like marking, planning, chiseling, assembly, polishing etc
Logical sequence of operation, in making sheet metal jobs like marking, bending, cutting shearing, lancing riveting etc
Use different wood working processes to produce articles like chair, table, chaurang etc. To operate and control machines and tools used in these processes.
Various pipe joints, Pipe threading. PVC solvents
Principle of pipe threading, principle of chemical adhesion,
Selection of proper tools accessories / pipes (G.I./PVC) fittings, Preparing/reading piping layout
G. I. Pipes, PVC pipe, Pipe fittings, Pipe fitting symbols, Adhesive solvents, Threading dies and taps, pipe wrench
Hand sheer, Mallet, pliers, soldering iron, Stakes chisels.
Select and use different pipe joints and fittings to produce piping
Use different Sheet metal processes to produce articles like metal can, boxes, measuring jar, funnel etc. To operate and control machines and tools used in these processes.
Welding transformer setting, use of flux and Electrodes, adjustment of gas flames, chipping, Drilling, tapping and filing
Welding transformer setting, use of flux and Electrodes, adjustment of gas flames, chipping, Drilling, tapping and Filing
Principle of arc Welding, gas welding for preparing various Joints. Working principle of drilling /tapping machine,
Concept of welding Different welding Joints, drilling and Tapping and cutting Parameter
Welding Transformer, Welding Rod, Flux, Safety Screen, Bench vice, files, Surface plate, try square,
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17006 47
Practical:
Note: The related theoretical contents be taught during practical
Skill to be developed: Intellectual Skills:
1. Ability to read and interpret job drawing and plan operations 2. Ability to identify and select proper material, tools, equipments and machines. 3. Ability to select proper operational parameters
Psychomotor Skills: 1. Ability to set tools, work piece, and machines for desired operations. 2. Ability to complete job as per job drawing in allotted time. 3. Ability to use safety equipment and follow safety procedures during operations. 4. Ability to inspect the job for confirming desired dimensions and shape. 5. Ability to acquire hands-on experience.
List of Practical: Sr. No Topic Objectives Details of Practical Contents Hrs.
01
To appreciate the importance of
wood working in engineering works
To select the proper wood material for the job undertaken
To identify and use various marking , measuring, cutting, striking and inspection tools used in wood working
WOOD WORKING SHOP: Demonstration of different wood working tools and machines. Demonstration of different wood working processes, like planning, marking, chiseling, grooving, turning of wood etc. One simple job involving any one joint like mortise and tenon, dovetail, bridle, half lap etc for each students
14
02
To appreciate the importance of
Welding in engineering works
To select the proper Steel material and proper welding machine for the job undertaken
To identify and use various marking
, measuring, cutting, striking and inspection tools used in Welding
WELDING SHOP : Demonstration of different welding tools / machines. Demonstration on Arc Welding, Gas Welding, gas cutting and rebuilding of broken parts with welding. One simple job involving butt and lap joint. For each students
12
03
To appreciate the importance of
Plumbing operations in engineering works
PLUMBING SHOP: Demonstration of different plumbing tools
14
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17006 48
To select the proper grade and type of different pipes required for the job undertaken.
To indentify and use various marking , measuring, cutting, striking and inspection tools used in Plumbing section
Demonstration of different operations in plumbing, observing different pipe joints and pipe accessories. Different samples of PVC pipes and PVC pipe fittings. One job on simple pipe joint with nipple coupling for standard pipe. Pipe threading using standard die sets. (For each student) Demonstration of PVC pipe joint with various fittings. Exercise for students on preparing actual pipeline layout for G.I. Pipe or PVC pipe. Preparing actual drawing and bill of material.
04
To appreciate the importance of
Sheet metal operations in engineering works
To select the proper gauge and type
of different G.I. sheets required for the job undertaken.
To indentify and use various marking , measuring, cutting, striking and inspection tools used in Sheet Metal section section
SHEET METAL SHOP: Demonstration of different sheet metal tools / machines. Demonstration of different sheet metal operations like sheet cutting, bending, edging, end curling, lancing, soldering and riveting. One simple job involving sheet metal operations and soldering and riveting. For each student. One composite job from the following: Letter box, Trunk, Grain Container, Water-heater Container, Bucket, Waste Paper Basket, Cooler Tray, Water-draining Channel, etc. (including soldering and riveting) [Batch size should be selected depending on volume of work. Job allotted should comprise of 4-6 hours of actual working ions. Student shall calculate the cost of material and labor cost required for their job from the drawing.}
16
Assignments: ------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 hours
A journal shall consist of one assignment each on the topics 1 to 4 mentioned above.
Each assignment shall consist of –
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17006 49
• Procedural steps in completing a given job
• Description and drawings of different tools used
• List of safety equipments used and safety rules observed during working
Notes:
1] The subject teacher should provide necessary theory inputs to students of all shops before
their actual practical.
2] The instructor shall give demonstration to the students by preparing a specimen job as per
the job drawing.
3] The workshop diary shall be maintained by each student duly signed by instructor of
respective shop
4] Workshop Tool Manual at institute level shall be provided to the students
5] Out of 50 marks allotted for term work, 40 marks are for actual jobs completed and 10
marks for assignment.
Learning Resources: Books:
Sr. No. Author Title Publisher / Edition
01 S.K. Hajara Chaudhary Workshop Technology Media Promotors and
Publishers, New Delhi
02 B.S. Raghuwanshi Workshop Technology Dhanpat Rai and sons, New
Delhi
03 H.S.Bawa Workshop Practice Tata McGraw Hill Publishers,New Delhi
04 Kent’s Mechanical Engineering Hand book- John Wiley and Sons, New York
05 P. Kannaiah and K. L. Narayana Workshop Manual SCITECH Publications
06 Electronics Trade & technology Development Corporation.(A Govt. of India undertaking) Akbar Hotel Annex, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi- 110 021
CDs, PPTs Etc.:
Learning Materials Transparencies and CDs, CBT Packages developed by N.I.T.T.E.R. and other organizations
Refer website www.npkauto.com for Workshop Tool Manual Workshop Manual by P. Kannaiah and K. L. Narayana , SCITECH Publications
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17007 50
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CD/CM/CO/CW/IF
Semester : First
Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Computer)
Subject Code : 17007
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
-- -- 04 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50
Rationale:
This subject is essential for creating awareness of computers for the students. It gives hands
on experience of computer operation to the students. It introduces basic components of computers
and method and means to connect them to the system.
Since the dirt can affect reliability and performance of various components, cleaning of
components become one of the essential activity of basic maintenance. This subject demonstrates
steps in cleaning and handling various components, handling problems with component
connections. This subject gives the basic knowledge required for PC architecture and maintenance.
General Objectives:
The student will be able to:
• Understand basic components of computers.
• Connect peripheral devices.
• Clean various devices like Keyboard, mouse, printers, motherboard.
• Park and eject the papers over the printer.
• Write Data on the CD.
• Scan documents and images.
• Understand front panel and back panel connections.
• Connection of Pen drives and DVD's
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17007 51
Learning Structure
Identify components of computer system, Internal parts, Connecting peripheral devices, Make front panel and back panel connections, Know Cleaning Devices, Make settings of peripheral devices.
Applications
Procedure
Principles & Concepts
Facts
Connection of Internal component
Connection of peripheral devices to different ports
Cleaning peripheral devices
Make settings of different devices
Identify, Connectivity and availability of different components
Input Devices
Output Devices
Internal components
Cables and connectors
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17007 52
Related Theoretical Contents Note: The related theoretical contents be taught during practical
Topic/Subtopic 1. Introduction to Various External Peripheral Devices
• Different types of keyboards • Different types of Mouse • Different types of Scanners • Different types of Modems • Different types of printers • CD writers, speakers, CD read /write drive • Microphones, LCD projectors, Pen drives, DVD drive • Different types of Monitors
2. Introduction to Various Internal Devices • Different makes of hard disks • Different types of network Interface cards • Different types of cables such as data cables, printer cables, network cables, power
cables etc. • Different types of floppy disk • Motherboard connection • Graphics Card connection • Network Interface card connection
3. Physical Connections of different peripheral Devices • Connection of Mouse to different ports • Connection of keyboards to different ports • Connection of Monitors • Connection of Printers • Different switch settings of printers • Printer's self test • Jumper settings of hard disks • Attaching FDD,HDD and CD drives • Attaching Pen Drives and DVDs • Attaching Scanners
Assignments:
1. Observe all the peripheral devices available in the lab. Describe them in detail. 2. Demonstration of system configuration using CMOS setup. 3. Study of different ports such as serial, parallel, PS/2, RJ 45, USB ports. 4. How to write data on CD, DVD 5. Observe different printer settings on different types of printers available in your lab.
Write down the function of each switch. 6. Demonstration of printer's self test.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17007 53
7. Connection of speakers and microphones. 8. Observe and describe different types of cables in your lab. 9. Cleaning procedures of Mouse, Keyboard and Motherboard. 10. How to connect scanner, scan documents and pictures on the scanner available in your
lab. Sample printout be attached 11. Making jumper settings on hard disk. 12. Different types of cards such as graphics card, LAN card, multimedia cards etc.
Learning Resources: Books:
Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
01 Mr. David Stone & Alfred Poor Troubleshooting Your PC Prentice Hall India
02 David Groth A+ Complete BPB Publication
03 Balasubramaniam Computer Installation and Servicing Tata McGraw Hill
04 Manuals Reference Manuals of PC troubleshooting and maintenance --
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 1
MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, MUMBAI TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR POST S.S.C. DIPLOMA COURSES
COURSE NAME : COMPUTER ENGINEERING GROUP COURSE CODE : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF DURATION OF COURSE : 6 SEMESTERS For CO/CM/CW/IF ( 8 SEMESTERS for CD) WITH EFFECT FROM 2012-13 SEMESTER : SECOND DURATION : 16 WEEKS FULL TIME / PART TIME : FULL TIME SCHEME : G
SR. NO. SUBJECT TITLE Abbrev
iation SUB
CODE
TEACHING SCHEME
EXAMINATION SCHEME SW
(17200) PAPER HRS.
TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9) TH TU PR Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
1 Communication Skills $ CMS 17201 02 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- 25# 10 25@ 10
50
2* Applied Science
Physics APH 17210 02 -- 02 02 50 100 40
25@ 50 20
-- -- -- -- Chemistry ACH 17211 02 -- 02 02 50 25@ -- -- -- --
3 Programming in ‘C’ PIC 17212 03 -- 04 03 100 40 25# 20 -- -- 25@ 10 4 Basic Electronics EEG 17213 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10 5 Engineering Mathematics $ EMS 17216 03 01 -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- -- 6 Development of Life Skills $ DLS 17010 01 -- 02 -- -- -- -- -- 25@ 10 -- -- 7 Web Page Design WPD 17013 01 -- 02 -- -- -- 50@ 20 -- -- -- --
TOTAL 17 01 16 -- 500 -- 125 -- 50 -- 75 -- 50 Student Contact Hours Per Week: 34 Hrs. THEORY AND PRACTICAL PERIODS OF 60 MINUTES EACH. Total Marks : 800 @- Internal Assessment, # - External Assessment, No Theory Examination, $ - Common to all branches Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, ,OR-Oral, TW- Term Work, SW- Sessional Work Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as sessional work
(SW). Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms. Code number for TH, PR, OR and TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code.
* Applied Science is divided into two parts- Applied Science (Physics) and Applied Science (Chemistry).Theory examination of both parts as well as practical examination of both parts will be conducted on separate days. Sum of theory marks of both parts shall be considered for passing theory examination of Applied Science. Similarly it is also applicable to practical examination. It is mandatory to appear theory and practical examination of both parts. Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17201 2
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering & Technology
Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/
ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Communication Skills
Subject Code : 17201
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
02 -- 02 03 100 -- 25# 25@ 150
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
Rationale:
In this age of globalization, competition is tough. Hence effective communication skills are
important. Communication skills play a vital and decisive role in career development. The subject of
Communication Skills introduces basic concepts of communication. It also describes the verbal, non-
verbal modes and techniques of oral & written communication.
It will guide and direct to develop a good personality and improve communication skills.
General Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Utilize the skills necessary to be a competent communicator.
2. Select and apply the appropriate methods of communication in various situations.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17201 3
Learning Structure:
Application Procedure Principles Concepts Facts
To enable the students to communicate effectively by using the concept of communication, appropriate non-verbal and writing skills
Techniques of
communicating in organizational and
social context
Principles governing
the appropriate use of
non-verbal skills
Techniques of
effective writing
Principle of comprehending
the basics of
Communication
Principles of appropriation and
contextualization of the
use of body language
Principle of drafting
coherent, logical & Simple Sentences.
Concept of formal,
informal, verbal, nonverbal types of
Communication
Concept of body
language
Designing the
message
Theory of
Communication
Theory of non-verbal
Skills (Body language)
Formats of letters,
Reports, office Drafting
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17201 4
Theory
Name of the Topic Hours Marks
Topic 01 - Introduction to Communication: Specific Objective: Describe the process of communication.
Contents:
Definition of communication Process of communication Types of communication -- Formal, Informal, Verbal,
Nonverbal, Vertical, Horizontal, Diagonal
06 16
Topic 02 - Effective communication Specific Objective: Identify the principles and barriers in the communication process
Contents:
Principles of communication. Barriers to communication
a. Physical Barrier: Environmental ( time, noise, distance & surroundings), Personal (deafness, stammering, ill-health, spastic, bad
handwriting) b. Mechanical : Machine oriented c. Psychological: Day dreaming, prejudice, emotions, blocked
mind, generation gap, phobia, status inattentiveness, perception.
d. Language : Difference in language, technical jargons, pronunciation & allusions.
08 20
Topic 03 - Non verbal & Graphical communication: Specific Objectives: Effective use of body language & nonverbal codes View and interpret graphical information precisely.
Contents: 3.1 Non- verbal codes: [08 Marks]
Proxemics, Chronemics Artefacts
3.2 Aspects of body language ( Kinesics) [10 Marks] Facial expression Eye contact Vocalics, paralanguage Gesture Posture Dress & appearance
08 28
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17201 5
Haptics 3.3 Graphical communication [10 Marks]
Advantages & disadvantages of graphical communication Tabulation of data & its depiction in the form of bar graphs
& pie charts. Topic 04 - Listening Specific Objective: Effective use of listening
Contents:
Introduction to listening Listening versus hearing Merits of good listening Types of listening. Techniques of effective listening.
02 08
Topic 05 - Formal Written Communication Specific Objectives: Use different formats of formal written skills.
Contents:
Office Drafting: Notice , memo & e-mail Job application with resume. Business correspondence: Enquiry letter, order letter ,complaint
letter, adjustment letter. Report writing: Accident report, fall in production, investigation
report. Describing objects & giving instructions
08 28
32 100
Skills to be developed in practical:
Intellectual Skills:
1. Analyzing given situation.
2. Expressing thoughts in proper language.
Motor Skills:
1. Presentation Skills focusing on body language.
2. Interpersonal skills of communication
Journal will consist of following assignments:
01: Draw the diagram of communication cycle for given situation.
State the type and elements of communication involved in it.
02: Graphics:- a) Draw suitable bar-graph using the given data. b) Draw suitable pie-chart using the given data.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17201 6
03: Role play: Teacher should form the group of students based on no. of characters in the situation. Students should develop the conversation and act out their roles.
04: Collect five pictures depicting aspects of body language from different sources such as
magazines, newspapers, internet etc. State the type and meaning of the pictures. NOTE: The following assignments should be performed by using Language Software. 05 Practice conversations with the help of software. 06 Describe people/personalities with the help of software and present in front of your batch. 07 Prepare and present elocution (three minutes) on any one topic with the help of software. 08 Describe any two objects with the help of software. Learning Resources:
Web Sites for Reference:
Sr. No Website Address
01 Website: www.mindtools.com/page8.html-99k
02 Website: www.khake.com/page66htm/-72k
03 Website: www.BM Consultant India.Com
04 Website: www.letstak.co.in
05 Website: www.inc.com/guides/growth/23032.html-45k
Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
01 MSBTE, Mumbai. Text book of Communication Skills. MSBTE, Mumbai. 02 MSBTE, Mumbai. CD On Communication Skills MSBTE 03 Joyeeta Bhattacharya Communication Skills Reliable Series
04 Communication Skills Sanjay Kumar, Pushpa Lata Oxford University Press
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17210 7
Course Name : Computer, Electrical and Electronics Engineering Group
Course Code : EE/EP/EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ED/EI/IU/CO/CM/IF/CD/CW
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Applied Science (Physics)
Subject Code : 17210
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
02 -- 02 02 50 25@ -- -- 75
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE. Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be entered in
mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW) Applied Science is divided into two parts- Applied Science (Physics) and Applied
Science (Chemistry). Theory examination of both parts as well as practical examination of both parts will be conducted on separate days. Sum of theory marks of both parts shall be considered for passing theory examination of Applied Science. Similarly it is also applicable to practical examination. It is mandatory to appear theory and practical examination of both parts. Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.
Rationale: Applied Physics is the foundation of all core technology subjects. Study of science and technology goes hand in hand. Technical knowledge can be gained more effectively using concepts of Physics. Curriculum of Applied physics includes applications used in the Electronics, Electrical and Computers industry. Study of various topics like electrical Instruments and condenser enables the students to use various electrical instruments and study their applications. Semiconductor physics makes the students aware of semiconductor devices such as P-N Junction diode, Semiconductor devices are based on transport of charge. Modern concepts like LASER and nanotechnology make the students to understand various properties and applications. The concept of LASER is beneficial for the students to understand the use of LASER in Fiber optic communication. Commercially lasers are used in sensing devices such as bar code recognition, distance meter (LIDAR), Transmission of optical signal through optical fibres & avoid cross talk .Application of laser namely HOLOGRAPHY is used to store data in ROM Chips. Holograms store large amount of data in 3D form.
Nanotechnology will invoke the students to understand the nanoparticles and carbon nanotubes. Power can be transmitted at low voltage levels. Nanosized components show unique properties which are different from larger semiconductor components. These devices have increased data storage capacities of hard disks and led to small & faster microprocessors.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17210 8
General Objectives: Students will be able to
1. Understand laws and principles of electrical circuits. 2. Classify solids on the basis of semiconductor band theory. 3. Understand principle of Laser and its applications in engineering field. 4. Identify superconductor and its types. 5. Understands applications of nanoparticles in engineering field.
Learning Structure: Application Principle Concepts Facts
Enable to understand applications in engineering field
Ohm,s law. Wheatstone’s network principle of potentiometer, condenser.
Photoelectric effect, Principle of X-rays ,Principle of Laser.
Semiconductor and PN junction diode.
Synthesis of nanoparticles
Capacitance of capacitor, resistivity, potential gradient.
Photoelectric emission, Spontaneous & stimulated emission, population inversion , optical pumping
Band theory, forward reverse characteristic of PN junction diode.
Nanoparticles, nanomaterials
Current , resistance, potential
Photo electricity, Electromagnetic spectrum, Light, amplitude, wavelength, frequency, intensity
Solid, PN junction diode
Nano size of particle.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17210 9
Applied Physics (Computer/ Electrical / Electronics Engineering group) Theory:
Topics and contents Hours Marks Topic1] Basic Electric circuits: Specific objectives
Calculate basic electric parameters for designing the simple electric circuits.
Use basic electronic components like resistor, capacitor in electronic circuits.
Use various networks such as Whetastone’s network , potentiometer
Study principle and applications of condenser 1.1 Simple D.C. electric circuits: [04 Marks]
Electric current: definition, symbol and unit, Ohm’s law: statement, mathematical expression, resistivity: definition, unit, conductivity: definition, unit.
1.2 Wheatstone’s network and potentiometer [06 Marks] Wheatstone’s network, working principle, balancing condition,
principle of potentiometer, potential gradient 1.3 Condensers: [06 Marks]
Capacity of condenser-definition and its unit, definition of 1 farad capacity, principle of condenser, derivation of capacity of parallel plate condenser, statement and derivation of series and parallel combination of condensers.
12 16
Topic 2] Semiconductor Physics: Specific objectives
Differentiate between conductor, semiconductor, insulator Verify characteristics of P-N junction diode Study applications of P-N junction diode, photodiode.
Classification of solids on the basis of band theory: forbidden
energy gap, conductor, insulator, semiconductor. Classification of semiconductors, P-N junction diode, forward
characteristics of P-N junction diode, reverse characteristics of P-N junction diode, photodiode, its symbol, principle and applications.
04 10
Topic 3]: Modern physics. Specific objectives:
State the concept of photocell State applications of X - ray State properties and applications of LASER
3.1 Photo electricity: [06 Marks] Photon (quantum), Plank’s hypothesis, energy of photon, properties
of photons. Photo electric effect: circuit diagram, process of photoelectric
emission, definitions:-threshold frequency, threshold wavelength, stopping potential, characteristics of photoelectric effect
Work function, Einstein’s photoelectric equation, photo resistor (LDR) - symbol, principle, applications, photoelectric cell:- principle, applications.
3.2 X-rays: [06 Marks] Origin of X-rays, production of X-rays using Coolidge’s X-ray tube,
12 18
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17210 10
minimum wavelength of X-ray, properties of X-rays, applications of X- rays: engineering, medical and scientific.
3.3 Laser: [06 Marks] Laser, properties of laser, spontaneous and stimulated emission,
population inversion, optical pumping. He-Ne Laser: Principle, construction and working, engineering
applications of Laser Topic 4] Physics of Nanoparticles: Specific Objectives Study properties of nanoparticals. Study applications of nanotechnology. History, nanoparticles, properties of nanoparticles, methods of
synthesis of nanoparticles: physical method of synthesis of nanoparticles, engineering applications of nanotechnology.
04 06
Total 32 50
Practical:
Skills to be developed 1) Intellectual skills-
Proper selection of measuring instruments
Verify the principles, laws, using given instruments under different conditions.
Read and interpret the graph.
Interpret the results from observations and calculations.
2) Motor skills-
Handle/operate the instruments.
Measuring physical quantities accurately.
Observe the phenomenon and to list the observations in a tabular form.
Plot the graphs.
List of experiments:
Sr No Title of Experiment To be performed
by a group of 1 Determine specific resistance by voltmeter ammeter method 4 to5 students 2 Verify law of resistances in series by using meter bridge. 4 to5 students 3 Verify principle of potentiometer 4 to5 students 4 Determine the characteristics of condenser using RC circuit. 4 to5 students 5 Verify characteristics of photoelectric cell. 4 to5 students 6 Verify characteristics of thermocouple. 4 to5 students 7 Plot forward characteristics of P-N junction diode 4 to5 students 8 Determine Joule’s constant (J) by electrical method. 4 to5 students
9 Determine temperature co-efficient of resistance of metal (conductor) using platinum resistance thermometer 4 to5 students
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17210 11
Learning resources: 1. Reference Books:
Sr. No. Title Author Publisher
01 Physics Resnick and Hailday Wisley Toppan Publishers – England 02 Engineering Physics B.L. Theraja S. Chand Publishers – New Delhi 03 Engineering Physics V. Rajendran Tata McGraw-Hill Publications 04 Conceptual Physics P.G.Hewitt Pearson education (Tenth edition)05 Physics for Engineers M.R.Srinivasan New Age international publishers 06 Physics- Std XI, Std XII -- HSC board/CBSE Board
07 Engineering Physics D.K. Bhattachrya A. Bhaskaran Oxford university press
2. Websites: http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/permot2.html http://physics.info http://physics.org http://about.com http://classroom.com http://101science.com 3) Videos: http://www.youtube.com Laser cutter http://www.cmslaser.com 4) CD:
Educational Cd of NCERT Educational cd of Pearson education India
5) PPT: www.slideshare.nt/donpraju/laser-ppt www.research.usf.edu/cs/rad/laser-ppt www.studyvilla.com/laser-ppt-ruby laser www.courses superconductor.ppt www.khanacademy.com
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17211 12
Course Name : Electronics / Electrical / Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : EE/EP/EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ED/EI/IU/CO/CM/IF/CD/CW
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Applied Science (Chemistry)
Subject Code : 17211
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
02 -- 02 02 50 25@ -- -- 75
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE. Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be entered in
mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW) Applied Science is divided into two parts- Applied Science (Physics) and Applied
Science (Chemistry).Theory examination of both parts as well as practical examination of both parts will be conducted on separate days. Sum of theory marks of both parts shall be considered for passing theory examination of Applied Science. Similarly it is also applicable to practical examination. It is mandatory to appear theory and practical examination of both parts. Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.
Rationale:
The contents of this curriculum has four units which provide knowledge of cells and batteries, selection of appropriate materials for engineering applications and methods of protection by metallic and non-metallic coatings. This satisfies the need of the students to cope with the recent use of these materials and processes in their world of work. Unit of cells and batteries covers working principle of construction, operations and their engineering applications. Now a days there are new electronic devices, gadgets coming up in the market which function on cells and batteries. Study of cells and batteries give complete knowledge of working of reversible and non-reversible cells, their classification, construction, chemical reactions during working and different chemicals used in manufacturing of cells and batteries will help the students to make proper selection in electronic equipments and computer industry. Study of different polymers, insulators or dielectrics, adhesives and their chemical behavior will be useful in their applications in electrical appliances and electronic industries. Study of corrosion and methods of prevention will make students realize importance of care and maintenance of machines and equipments. The contents of this subjects are designed to enhance student’s reasoning capacity and capabilities in solving challenging problems at various levels of working in the electronic and computer industry. General Objectives: The student will be able to
1. Select proper type of cell based on the requirement in electronic and computer engineering.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17211 13
2. Apply knowledge of extraction, properties of copper and aluminium in engineering applications.
3. Know various insulating or dielectric materials used for electronic equipments and computers.
4. Generalize different factors which affect atmospheric as well as electrochemical Corrosion. Learning structure: Application Principle / Procedure Concept Fact
Bessemerisation, Baeyer’s process, Electrolytic refining,
Working of cells , batteries
Galvanizing, tinning, metal spraying, sherardizing, electroplating, metal cladding
Electrical insulation
Apply the knowledge of working of cells / batteries for electronic and computer industry. Use the knowledge of metals, corrosion for protection of electronic gadgets
Metallurgy
Corrosion, Atmospheric corrosion, Electrochemical corrosion,
Primary cell, Secondary cell, Fuel cell, Solar cell
Polymers, Dielectrics, Adhesives
Copper, Aluminium, Alloys
Electronic materials
Paris, Concrete
Electrochemical cells,
Batteries, Sludge
Rust, Metal
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17211 14
Theory content:
Topics and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1] Metallurgy: Specific Objectives: Describe the extraction processes of copper and aluminium. State engineering applications of copper and aluminium based on their
properties. 1.1 Metallurgy of Copper: [4 Marks] Definition of metallurgy. Extraction process: Ores of copper, extraction of copper from copper pyrite
by concentration, roasting, smelting, bessemerisation, electrolytic refining. Physical, chemical properties – action of air, water, acid, alkali. Applications
of copper. 1.2 Metallurgy of Aluminium: [4 Marks] Extraction process: Ores of aluminium, extraction of aluminium from
bauxite by Bayer’s process, electrolytic reduction of alumina, electrolytic refining of aluminium.
Physical, chemical properties–action of air, water, acid, alkali. Applications of aluminium, anodizing of aluminium.
1.3 Solders: [4 Marks] Composition, properties and applications of- soft solder, tinmann’s solder,
brazing alloy, rose metal, plumber’s solder.
08
12
Topic 2] Corrosion: Specific Objectives: Explain Mechanism of atmospheric corrosion and immersed corrosion. Describe different methods of protection of metal from corrosion
2.1 Corrosion: [6 Marks] Definition of corrosion, Types of corrosion. Atmospheric Corrosion: Definition, mechanism of oxidation corrosion, types of oxide films and their significance, factors affecting rate of atmospheric
corrosion. Immersed Corrosion: Definition, mechanism of immersed corrosion by
galvanic cell action- with evolution of hydrogen gas and absorption of oxygen gas, factors affecting immersed corrosion.
2.2 Protection of metals by: [8 Marks] Modification of environment, modification of properties of metal,
electrochemical protection by sacrificial anodic protection and impressed current cathodic protection, use of protective coatings.
Application of metallic coatings: By galvanising, tinning, metal spraying, electroplating, metal cladding, cementation- sherardizing, chromising,
colourising. Application of non-metallic coatings: paint-definition, characteristics,
constituents of paint and their functions.
10 14
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17211 15
Topic 3] Cells And Batteries: Specific Objectives:
Explain the concept of electrochemical cell. Describe construction and working of different types of cells.
Electrochemical cells/ batteries: Basic concepts : Definition of electrolyte, conductivity of electrolytes, Ohm’s law, specific conductance, equivalent conductance, cell, battery, electrolytic cell, electrochemical cell, charging, discharging. Classification of electrochemical cells: Primary and secondary cells. Primary cells: construction, working and applications of - Dry Cell,
Daniel cell, Secondary cells: construction, working and applications of - Lead-acid storage cell, Ni-Cd Cell Fuel cell : Definition, construction, working, advantages, limitations and
applications of Hydrogen- oxygen fuel cell.
10 16
Topic 4] Chemistry of Electronic Materials Specific Objectives:
State role of polymers in electronic engineering. Describe applications of dielectrics and insulators in electronic devices.
4.1 Polymers: [4 Marks] Definitions, examples and applications of electrically conducting polymers,
photoconductive polymers, electrically insulating polymers, liquid crystal polymers(LCP).
4.2 Insulators, Dielectrics and Adhesives: [4 Marks] Definition of dielectrics and insulator, Properties of gaseous, liquid and solid
insulators , their examples. Properties and applications of- inert gases, silicone fluids, teflon , bakelite, ceramics and glass.
Definition, characteristics, advantages of adhesives, properties and
applications of phenol formaldehyde resin, urea formaldehyde resin and epoxy resin.
04 08
Total 32 50
Practical:
Intellectual Skills: 1. Select proper equipments and instruments.
2. Interpret the results.
3. Plan the set up of the experiment.
4. Verify the characteristics of materials.
Motor Skills:
1. Measure the parameters accurately.
2. Calibrate the equipments as per the standards.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17211 16
3. Calculate the results.
4. Measure chemicals accurately.
5. Handle apparatus and various laboratory reagents.
6. Observe the completion of reaction.
List of Experiments:
Sr. No. Name of the experiment
1 Determine percentage of copper in the given brass alloy or copper ore. 2 Determine percentage of aluminium in aluminium alloy.
3 Determine electrode potential of various metals to study their tendency towards corrosion.
4 Find the relation between loss in weight of aluminium strip in acidic and alkaline medium and rate of corrosion.
5 Determine the strength of given hydrochloric acid solution by titrating it against sodium hydroxide solution by using pH meter.
6 Determine thinner content in oil paint.
7 Determine neutralization point of acetic acid (weak acid) and ammonium hydroxide (weak base) and to calculate normality and strength of acetic acid.
8 Measure the voltage developed due to chemical reactions by setting up a Daniel cell.
9 To prepare urea formaldehyde resin and understand the structure and properties for its applications in engineering.
Learning Resources: 1. Reference Books:
Sr. No. Author Name of the Book Publisher
1 S. S. Dara Engineering Chemistry S. Chand Publication 2 Jain and Jain Engineering Chemistry Dhanpat Rai and Sons
3 B. Sivasankar Engineering Chemistry The McGraw-Hill Companies
4 K. B. Chandrasekhar, U. N. Das, Sujatha Mishra
Engineering Chemistry SCITECH
2. List of websites, videos and animations :
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/conductive_polymer
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/waste-management.
http://www.footprints-science.co.uk/Chemistry.htm
.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8tqfDE6vqcs&feature=related
http://www.splung.com/content/sid/3/page/batteries
www.teachnet-uk.org.uk/...Metals/...metals/Properties%20of%20Meta...
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17211 17
http://www.substech.com/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=full_index_of_articles_on_ceramics
http://www.substech.com/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=full_index_of_articles_on_polymers
http://www.powerstream.com/BatteryFAQ.html
http://physchem.co.za/OB12-sys/batteries.htm#lead-acid (Dry Cell & Lead acid cell)
http://www.kentchemistry.com/links/Redox/flash/RedoxAgentsElectrodesBattery.swf (Battery)
http://www.kentchemistry.com/links/Redox/flash/battery.swf
http://www.kentchemistry.com/links/Redox/flash/halfcells.swf (Voltaic Cell)
http://group.chem.iastate.edu/Greenbowe/sections/projectfolder/animations/ZnCbatteryV8web.
html(Dry Cell)
http://www.ausetute.com.au/battery.html (Batteries)
http://www.sherardizing.com/resources/files/9_Sherardizing_Corrosion.pdf (Sheradizing)
http://www.galvanizeit.org/aga/animation/4728?keepThis=true&TB_iframe=true&height=480
&width=640 (Galvanizing)
http://www.galvanizeit.org/aga/animation/4728?keepThis=true&TB_iframe=true&height=480
&width=640 (Galvanizing)
http://www.ehow.com/list_6725219_different-types-metal-cladding.html (Metal Clading)
http://www.authorstream.com/Presentation/sheelachawla-590475-insulators/ (Insulators)
http://www.sut.ac.th/engineering/metal/pdf/Nonferrous/02_Aluminium%20and%20aluminium
%20alloy.pdf
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zU5sP64DeYA (Flow chart of extraction of Al)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0Rs4vHo6_oc&feature=related (extraction of Al)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XWGbUYsChOI (extraction of Cu)
fka.ump.edu.my/images/fka/.../5.2%20Adhesives.ppt
images.emchiey.multiply.multiplycontent.com/.../08a%20Adhesives...
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17212 18
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Programming in ‘C’
Subject Code : 17212
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 04 03 100 25# -- 25@ 150
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
Rationale:
In today’s information technology era, computer technology plays an important role.
Computer applications are all pervasive in day to day life of human being. It become compulsory
to all employable to have sound knowledge of how computer works and process data and
information.
‘C’ is the most widely used computer language, which is being taught as a core subject. C
is general-purpose structural language that is powerful, efficient and compact, which combines
features of high-level language and low-level language. It is closer to Man and Machine both.
Due to this inherent flexibility and tolerance it is suitable for different development environments.
C is still considered as first priority programming language.
This subject covers from the basic concept of C to pointers in C. This subject will act as
“programming concept developer” for students. It will also act as “Backbone” for subjects like
OOPS, VB, Windows Programming, JAVA, OOMD, etc.
General Objectives: The students will be able to
Understand the concepts of constants, variables, data types and operators.
Write algorithm and draw flowchart for a given problem statement.
Develop programs using input and output operations.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17212 19
Learning Structure: Application Procedures Principles Concepts Facts
Write simple C language program, enable to develop system software
Coding, compilation, Syntax error removal.
Debugging, Logical error removal
Execution of Program.
Principles of writing statements expressions
Syntax rules, Semantic rules Logic Development
Writing Formulas, Instructions
Data types
‘C’ program Concept
Character set, Operators, Input and Output expressions.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17212 20
Topics and Contents Hours Marks Topic 1: Basics of C Specific Objectives: - State rules for declaration of variables, constants and operators Write simple program using formatted input and formatted output. Contents: History of C, where C stands C character set, tokens, constants, variables, keywords , identifiers C operators- arithmetic, Logical, assignment, relational,
increment and decrement, conditional, bit wise, special, operator precedence, C expressions data types
Problem solving techniques : flowchart and algorithm Formatted input, formatted output instructions.
08 18
Topic 2: Decision making Specific Objectives: - Write a simple program using decision making, branching statement,
looping statement Describe use of break and continue statement. 2.1 Decision making and branching if-statement – if, if-else, else-if ladder,
nested if else, switch case statement, break statement (14M) 2.2 Decision making and looping - while, do, do- while statement , for
loop, continue statement (14M)
10 28
Topic 3: Arrays and Strings Specific Objectives: - Give syntax of single dimensional, multidimensional array and
strings. Write a program using array and string.
3.1 Arrays Declaration and initialization of one dimensional, two Dimensional and character arrays, accessing array elements. (10M)
3.2 Declaration and initialization of string variables, string handling functions from standard library – strlen(), strcpy(), strcat(), strcmp() (08M)
10 18
Topic 4: Functions and Structures Specific Objectives: - State the scope of local and global variable. Understand the category of function call and function type and write
program. Write and execute the program using command-line argument. Write a program using structure
14 24 4.1 Functions: - Need of functions, scope and lifetime of variables, defining functions, function call, call by value, call by reference, return values, storage classes.
category of function - No argument No return value, No argument with return value, argument with return value, recursion, command line arguments (16M)
4.2 Structures: - Defining structure, declaring and accessing structure members, initialization of structure, arrays of structure. (8M)
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17212 21
Topic 5: Pointers Specific Objectives: - State the declaration syntax of pointer, pointer initialization Write the program using pointer arithmetic Understanding pointers, declaring pointer variable, initialization of pointer variable, accessing address of a variable, pointer expressions, Pointers arithmetic
06 12
Total 48 100
Practical: Skills to be developed:
Intellectual skills:
Use of programming language concepts in program implementation. Apply appropriate logics to solve given problem. Write program using different implementations for the same problem Identify different types of errors as syntax semantic, fatal, linker & logical Debugging of programs
Motor skills:
Proper handling of Computer System. List of Practical: At least 4 sample programs on each title Demo Lectures with power point presentations using LCD projector can be arranged to develop programming concepts of students. Sr. No. Title of Experiment Hours Programs
01 To draw flowchart and write algorithms for sample program 02 04 02 To write a C program for formatted input and output statements 04 02 03 To write a C program for various operators in ‘C’ 06 02 04 To write a C program for decision control with if else
statements 06 03
05 To write a C program for decision control with switch case statement 06 03
06 To write a C program for Looping statements 08 04 07 To write a C program for single dimensional integer arrays 06 02 08 To write a C program for string functions, 08 02 09 To write a C program for recursive functions 04 02 10 To write a C program using structure 06 02
11 To write a C program for pointers to print values of variables and their addresses 04 02
12 To write a C program to demonstrate the concept of pointer arithmetic. 04 02
13 To write a C program for command line arguments in ‘C’. 04 02
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17212 22
Learning Recourses: 1. Books
Sr. No. Name of Book Author Edition Publication
1 Let us ‘C’ Kanetkar 3rd BPB
2 Programming in ’C’ Balgurusamy 5th Tata Mc-Graw Hill
3 C for beginners Madhusudan Mothe 1st SPD
2. Websites:
http://cplus.about.com/od/beginnerctutoriali/a/blctut.htm
http://computer.howstuffworks.com/c.htm
http://www.java2s.com/Tutorial/C/CatalogC.htm
http://www.cprogramming.com/tutorial.html
http://www.indiastudycenter.com/studyguides/sc/objtest/default.asp
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17213 23
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Basic Electronics
Subject Code : 17213
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
Rationale: Electronics plays very important role in our day to day life. Basic electronics is the base for
all engineering trades. It starts with the semiconductor material. Next the working principle of PN junction will help the students to understand the working of most of the semiconductor devices. Study of optical diodes gives basics for all optical devices such as scanner, Xerox machine, fax machine etc. Students should understand basics of power supply, since most of the electronic devices work on DC power supply. Study of MOSFET is essential since 95% of the semiconductor market is devices are controlled by MOSFETs. Introduction to digital electronics gives the students idea about working of microprocessor. Objectives: Students will be able to:
1. Define the scope of electronics. 2. State some applications of electronics in our day-to-day life. 3. State the latest trends in the field of electronics. 4. Draw the symbol, characteristics & applications of some important active devices. 5. Testing of active & passive components. 6. List the specifications of active & passive components. 7. Reading the data sheets of electronic components.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17213 24
Learning Structure: Applications Procedure Principles Concepts Facts
1) Develop circuits of rectifier, filter, regulator, power supplies, and amplifiers using semiconductor devices.
2) Use the knowledge for study high level subjects.
DC Power supply
Amplifiers
Semiconductor Theory, P & N type
Filters
BJT, UJT, JFET, MOSFET, Power BJT, Power MOSFET
PN junction diode
Zener regulator
Biasing of transistor
Optical diodes, LED, IRLED, Photodiode & LASER diode
Sp. Diodes: Zener, point contact,Schottkey,
Active Devices
Passive Devices
Digital Electronics
Number system
Basic Gates
Rectifier
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17213 25
Theory
Topic and Contents Hours Marks Topic 1: Semiconductor Diode Specific Objectives: Select specific diode according to application. Select the diode with required specification.
Contents: 1.1 Semiconductor Theory Review of semiconductor theory (No questions to be set in Theory
Paper) Intrinsic semiconductor, Extrinsic semiconductor, doping, dopant Trivalent & pentavalent impurities, P- Type and N- Type
semiconductor. 1.2 Semiconductor Diode PN Junction. Junction theory: Barrier voltage, Depletion region, Junction
capacitance, Forward and reverse biased junction V- I characteristics of P-N junction diode. Circuit diagram for characteristics( Forward & Reverse)
1.3 Specifications of diode Forward Voltage Drop, Reverse Saturation Current, Maximum
Forward Current, Power Dissipation. Ideal Diode Model.
1.4 Zener diode Construction & symbol Circuit diagram for characteristics( Forward & Reverse) Specification of zener diode: zener voltage( VZ), Maximum power
dissipation( PD(max)) , Break over current(IZK), zener resistance. Special purpose diodes: Schottkey diode, Point-contact diode,
Varacter diode (Construction, symbol, Characteristics and applications).
Optical diodes: LED, IRLED, Photodiode and LASER diode (Symbol, operating principle and applications of each)
06 12
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17213 26
Topics 2: Rectifiers and Filters Specific Objectives: Select the specific rectifier & filter according to the requirement Lists various types of filter circuits with advantages &
disadvantages. Contents: 2.1 Rectifiers Need of rectifier Types of rectifier: Half wave rectifier, Full wave rectifier( Bridge and
Centre tapped) Working with waveform(IP /OP waveformsfor voltage and current,
Average (DC) value of current and voltage ( No derivation) Ripple, ripple factor, ripple frequency, PIV of diode used,
transformer utilization factor, efficiency of rectifier. Comparison of three types of rectifiers (HWR. FWR (bridge & centre
tapped). 2.2 Filters Need of filters Types of filters: shunt capacitor, series inductor, LC filter, π filter
(circuit diagram, operation, DC O/P voltage, ripple factor (formula), ripple frequency, Dependence of ripple factor on load.
I/P and O/P waveforms, Limitations and Advantages of all types of filters.
04 08
Topic : 3 Bipolar Junction Transistor Specific Objectives: Identify the transistor configuration according to application. Lists types of biasing & coupling. Select the specific amplifier type according to application.
Contents: 3.1 Transistor 16 Marks Transistor definition Types: NPN, PNP junction transistors (Symbols, operating principle
(NPN only) Transistor configuration: Common emitter (CE), common collector
(CC), common base (CB). Characteristics in CE configuration (Circuit diagram, I/P and O/P
characteristics, different points of characteristics (Cut-off, Active and Saturation), input resistance, output resistance, current gain (α and β )
Transistor Biasing: Need of biasing, DC load line, Operating point Types of biasing circuits: Fixed bias circuit, Base biased with emitter
feedback, Base biased with collector feedback, Voltage divider bias, Emitter biased
3. 2 Transistor as an amplifier ( CE configuration only) 12 Marks Graphical representation, Current gain, Voltage gain, Power gain
(No derivation), Input output resistance, Phase shift between input and output.
AC Load line Single Stage CE amplifier: Circuit diagram, Function of each
18 36
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17213 27
component, Frequency response and bandwidth. Need of Cascaded amplifier
Types of coupling : RC couple, Transformer couple, Direct couple ( Circuit diagram and function of each component)
Application of each amplifier Transistor as a switch – (Circuit diagram, operation, application)
3.4 Power amplifier 08 Marks
Introduction, classification : class A, class B, class AB, class C (Efficiency of each). Single stage class A power amplifier (Circuit operation, IP/OP
waveforms, graphical analysis and efficiency) Transformer couple resistive load single stage power amplifier. Class A push pull amplifier. Class B push pull amplifier. Class AB push pull amplifier. Concept of cross over distortion. Need of heat sink.
UJT Symbol, characteristics and working principle of UJT.
Topic : 4 Field Effect Transistor (Unipolar Transistor) Specific Objectives: Differentiate between BJT & FET. Identify the type of unipolar transistor to suit the application.
Contents: 4.1 FET Types, Symbols and working principle Characteristics of FET, Circuit diagram for drain characteristics,
Operating regions of characteristics. Drain resistance, Mutual capacitance, amplification factor and their
relation, Pinch off voltage of FET Comparison of BJT and FET.(Types of carriers, switching speed,
Thermal stability, space in case of IC fabrication, control parameter, input impedance, offset voltage, power gain at audio frequencies)
4.2 MOSFET Types, symbol, working principle Application of FET and MOSFET.
06 12
Topic : 5 Regulated Power Supply Specific Objectives: Identify the regulator IC with specification. Select the regulator IC to meet the application.
Contents: Definition of regulator, Need of regulator, Voltage regulation
factor, Concept of load regulation and line regulation Zener diode as a voltage regulator. Basic block diagram of DC power supply Transistorized Series voltage regulator, Transistorized Shunt
04 12
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17213 28
voltage regulator, (Circuit diagram and operation) Regulator IC’s IC’s 78XX, 79XX (Functional Pin diagram) IC 723 as fixed , variable and Dual regulator.
Topic: 6 Oscillators Specific Objectives: State the concept of feedback & Barkhausen criteria. Select the specific oscillator circuit according to application.
Contents: Definition and block diagram of oscillator. Concept of feedback, Types of feedback, Positive feedback,
Negative feedback, Barkhausen’s criterion Classification of oscillators LC oscillators Hartley oscillators Colpitt’s oscillators RC oscillator Crystal Oscillator
(circuit diagram & working)
06 12
Topic : 7 Digital Electronics Specific Objectives: Identify various gates with truth table. Describe the basics of Micro Processor.
Contents: Digital circuit, Digital signal, Use of digital circuit and signal. Number System : Introduction to binary, octal decimal and
hexadecimal number system.
Logic Gates Logic symbol, Logical expression and truth table of AND, OR,
NOT, EX-OR, & EX-NOR gates. Universal gates : NAND gate and NOR gate Application of Digital Electronics Basic block diagram of Microprocessor.
04 08
Total 48 100 Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:
1. Identification & selection of components. 2. Interpretation of circuits. 3. Understand working of rectifier, filter, amplifier & oscillator circuits.
Motor Skills:
1. Ability to draw the circuits 2. Ability to measure various parameters. 3. Ability to test the components using multimeter. 4. Ability to read data sheets of components.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17213 29
5. Follow standard test procedures.
List of Practicals: 1. Forward & Reverse characteristics of diode. 2. Forward & Reverse characteristics of zener diode. 3. Study of Rectifiers (Half wave & Full wave) & Filters(Capacitor & Inductor Filter) 4. Input & output characteristics of transistor in CE mode. 5. Characteristics of FET. 6. Characteristics of UJT. 7. Load & Line regulation characteristics of Zener Diode Regulator. 8. Frequency response of single stage RC coupled amplifier. 9. Determine waveforms of LC & RC oscillator circuits. 10. Verifying truth tables of logic gates using ICs.
Learning Resources:
1. Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
1 N. N. Bhargava, D.C. Kulashreshtha, S.C. Gupta – TTTI Chandigharh
Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits Tata McGraw Hill
2 Albert Malvino David J Bates Electronic Principles Tata McGraw Hill
3 Debashis De Basic Electronics PEARSON
4 B Basavaraj H N Shivashankar Basic Electronics VIKAS
5 Vijar Baru Rajendra Kaduskar Sunil T. Gaikwad
Basic Electronics Engineering Dreamtech
6 J P BANDYOPADHYAY Basic Electronics Engineering VIKAS
7 David A Bell Elecronic Devics & circuits OXFORD
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17216 30
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology.
Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/
ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Engineering Mathematics
Subject Code: 17216
Teaching and examination Scheme
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 01 -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be entered in
mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
Rationale:
This subject is an extension of Basic mathematics of first semester and a bridge to further
study of applied mathematics. The knowledge of mathematics is useful in other technical areas.
Differential calculus has applications in different engineering branches. For example
concepts such as bending moment, curvature, maxima and minima.
Numerical methods are used in programming as an essential part of computer engineering.
For solution of problems in electrical circuits and machine performances complex number is used
engineering mathematics lays the foundation to understand technical principles in various fields.
General objectives:
Student will be able to
1) Use complex numbers for representing different circuit component in complex form to
determine performance of electrical circuit and machines.
2) Apply rules and methods of differential calculus to solve problems.
3) Apply various numerical methods to solve algebraic and simultaneous equations.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17216 31
Learning Structure:
Application Procedure
Performing algebraic operation, and apply De- Moivre’s theorem for finding root of algebraic equation.
Find limit of functions, Find first and second order derivatives, Derivatives using rules of derivatives, Methods of differentiation.
Approximate root of algebraic equation using various methods. Unknown values in various simultaneous equations.
Principle
Algebra of complex number , De- Moivre’s theorem
Theorems of limit and rules of derivatives
Methods of bisection, Regula falsi, Newton raphson, Gauss elimination, Jacobi’s and Gauss Seidal.
Concept
Real and imaginary part of complex number, modulus, argument, polar, exponential form and conjugate of complex number
Interval, dependent and independent variables, increasing and decreasing function.
Iterative method
Facts
Complex number, imaginary root
Function, notation of derivatives, first order derivatives, second order derivatives, Partial derivatives, notation.
Algebraic equation and simultaneous equation
Apply the knowledge numerical method , derivatives and complex number in various technical areas
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17216 32
Content Theory:
Topic Hours Marks Topic 1 - Complex number 1.1 Complex number ------------------------ 14 Specific objectives :
Find roots of algebraic equations which are not in real. Definition of complex number, Cartesian, polar and exponential
forms of complex number. Algebra of complex number such as equality, addition,
subtraction, multiplication and division. De- Moivre’s theorem with simple examples. Euler’s form of circular functions, hyperbolic functions and
relation between circular and hyperbolic functions.
08 14
Topic 2 - Differential Calculus 2.1 Function ------------------------- 14 Specific objectives :
Identify the function and find the value of function. Definition of function, range and domain of function. Value of function at a point. Types of functions and examples.
08
58
2.2 Limits ----------------------------- 20 Specific objectives :
To evaluate limit of function. Concept and definition of limit. Limits of algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic and exponential
functions with examples.
08
2.3 Derivatives ------------------------------- 24 Specific objectives :
Find the derivatives by first principle. Solve problems using rules and methods of derivatives Definition of derivatives, notation, derivatives of standard
function using first principle. Rules of differentiation such as, derivatives of sum or difference,
product, and quotient with proofs. Derivative of composite function with proof ( Chain rule ) Derivatives of inverse trigonometric functions using substitution Derivatives of inverse function. Derivatives of implicit function. Derivatives of parametric function. Derivatives of one function w.r.t another function. Logarithmic differentiation. Second order differentiation.
12
Topic 3 - Numerical Method 3.1 Solution of algebraic equation -------------------------- 14 Specific objectives :
Find the approximate root of algebraic equation. Bisection method Regula falsi method Newton Rapshon method
06 28
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17216 33
3.2 Numerical solution of simultaneous equations ------------------- 14 Specific objectives :
Solve the system of equations in three unknowns. Gauss elimination method Jacobi’s method Gauss Seidal method
06
Total 48 100 Tutorials:
1) Tutorial are to be used to get enough practice. 2) In each tutorial make a group of 20 student students and for each group minimum 10
problems are to be given. List of Tutorials:
Learning Resources: 1) Books:
2) Websites: www.khan academy
Sr No. Topic for Tutorial
1 Complex number ( Examples based on algebra of complex numbers) 2 Complex number ( Examples based on De Moivre’s theorem and Euler’s formulae) 3 Function 4 Limit (algebraic and trigonometric functions) 5 Limit (logarithmic and exponential functions) 6 Derivatives by first principle 7 Derivatives ( Examples based on formulae of standard functions and rules ) 8 Derivatives ( Examples based on methods of differentiation) 10 Solution of algebraic equations 11 Solution of simultaneous equations
Sr. No. Title Authors Publication
1 Mathematics for polytechnic S. P. Deshpande Pune Vidyarthi Griha
Prakashan, Pune 2 Calculus : Single Variable Robert T. Smith Tata McGraw HILL
3 Advanced Engineering mathematics Dass H. K S. Chand Publication
New Delhi
4 Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics S. C. Gupta and Kapoor S. Chand Pablication
New Delhi
5 Higher Engineering Mathematics B. S .Grewal Khanna publication New
Delhi
6 Applied Mathematics P. N. Wartikar Pune vidyarthi Griha Prakashan, Pune
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17010 34
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology
Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/
ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Development of Life Skills
Subject Code : 17010
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
01 -- 02 -- -- -- 25@ -- 25
Rationale:
Globalization has emphasized the need for overall development of technician to survive in
modern era. Soft skills development in addition to technical knowledge; plays a key role in
enhancing his/her employability.
This subject aims to provide insights into various facets of developing ones personality in
terms of capabilities, strengths, weakness, etc as well as to improve reading, listening and
presentation skills. Also in this age fierce competition, the time and stress management techniques
will immensely help the technician to live happy and purposeful life.
General Objectives:
After studying this subject, the students will be able to:
1. Understand and appreciate importance of life skills.
2. Use self-analysis and apply techniques to develop personality.
3. Use different search techniques for gathering information and working effectively.
4. Improve the presentation skills.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17010 35
Learning Structure:
Application Procedure Principle Concept Facts
Self-development and growth Performing tasks effectively by implementing soft skills Goal achievements and result oriented work
Smart engineer Task or Goal
Work place as a system Information
Personality
Attitude
Stress
Presentation
Study
Time
Preparing slides / transparencies
Reading, writing, notes taking
Doing exercise
Managing time
Self analysis
Time management
SWOT analysis
Stress management
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17010 36
Theory:
Topic and Contents Hours TOPIC 1: SELF ANALYISIS Specific Objectives: To introduce oneself.
Contents: 1.1 Need of Self Analysis 1.2 Attitude and types (positive, negative, optimistic and pessimistic) Guidelines for developing positive attitude.
02
TOPIC 2: STUDY TECHNIQUES Specific Objectives: To identify different process and strategies. To improve reading, listening and notes taking skills.
Contents: 2.1 Learning strategies 2.2 Learning process 2.3 Organization of knowledge 2.4 Reading skills 2.5 Listening skills 2.6 Notes taking 2.7 Enhancing memory
03
TOPIC 3: INFORMATION SEARCH Specific Objectives: To search information as per the need.
Contents: 3.1 Sources of information 3.2 Techniques of information search (library, internet, etc)
02
TOPIC 4: SELF DEVELOPMENT Specific Objectives: To set primary goals using SMART parameters. To Priorities the work effectively. To cope up with stress effectively.
Contents: 4.1 Goal setting and its importance. 4.2 Characteristics of Goal setting (SMART- Specific, Measurable, Attainable,
Realistic, Time bound) 4.3 Time Management - Importance, prioritization of work, time matrix, time
savers, and time wasters. 4.4 Stress Management - Definition, types of stress, causes of stress, managing stress,
and stress busters.
05
TOPIC 5: PRESENTATION TECHNIQUES Specific Objectives: To plan for presentation. To prepare contents for presentation.
Contents:
02
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17010 37
5.1 Importance of presentation. 5.2 Components of effective presentation (Body language, voice culture , rehearsal,
etc) 5.3 Preparing for presentation. 5.4 Use of audio/video aids. (audio, video, transparency’s, PowerPoint
presentations, etc) 5.5 Performing presentation (Seminars, paper presentations, compering, etc)
TOPIC 6: GROUP DISCUSSION Specific Objectives To understand the concept of group discussion To know the purpose of group discussion
Contents 6.1 Group discussion concept and purpose 6.2 Method of conduction
02
Total 16 Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:
Student will be able to
• Develop ability to find his capabilities.
• Select proper source of information.
• Follow the technique of time and stress management.
• Set the goal.
Motor Skills:
Student will be able to
• Follow the presentation of body language.
• Work on internet and search for information.
• Prepare slides / transparencies for presentation.
List of Practicals/activities:
1. Giving self introduction. Observe the demonstration of self introduction given by the
teacher and prepare a write up on the following points and introduce yourself in front of
your batch in 5 minutes
Name
Native place
Background of school from where he / she passed
Family background
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17010 38
Hobbies / salient achievements / idols if any for self development
Aims of life as an Engineer
2. Provide responses to the questions based on the moral story given in the assignment.
3. Judge your attitude by responding to the tests given in the assignment and write comments
on your score.
4. Read any chapter from the subject of Engineering Physics / Engineering Chemistry and
identify facts, concepts, principles, procedures, and application from that chapter
5. Participate in the panel discussion on techniques of effective learning and provide the
responses to the questions.
6. Access the book on Biography of Scientists/Industrialist/Social leader/Sports Person from
library. Read the book and note the name of author, publication, year of publication, and
summarize the highlights of the book.
7. Prepare notes on given topic by referring to books / journals / websites.
8. Prepare 8 to 10 power point slides based on the notes prepared on the above topic. Present
the contents for 10 minutes Group wise(Group will be of 4 students)
Note – Subject teacher shall guide the students in completing the assignments based on above practical. Learning Resources: Books:
Sr. No. Author Name of Book Publication
1 Richard Hale and Peter Whitlam
Target setting and goal achievement Kogan Page
2 Andrew Bradbury Successful Presentation Skills The Sunday Times – Kogan
3 Ros Jay and Antony Jay Effective Presentation Pearson – Prentice Hall
4 Subject Experts - MSBTE Handbook on Development of Life Skills MSBTE
5 Nitin Bhatnagar and Mamta Bhatnagar
Effective Communication and Soft Skills Pearson
6 D. Sudha Rani Business Communication and Soft Skills Pearson
7 Barak K Mitra Personality Development and Soft Skills Oxford University Press
8 Dr. T. Kalayani Chakravarti and Dr. Latha Chakravarti
Soft Skills for Managers biztantra
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17013 39
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Second
Subject Title : Web Page Designing
Subject Code : 17013
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
01 -- 02 -- -- 50@ -- -- 50
Rationale:
E-commerce is the buzz word in the business sector all over the world. World Wide Web is
the basic technology for e-commerce and HTML is the medium for creating web pages. This
subject aims at designing and developing web pages. It also serves as a prerequisite for Scripting
Technology subject.
Objective:
Students will be able to
a) Design and write code using HTML and CSS coding.
b) Write code for validation at client side using JavaScript.
c) Design and create static website.
Intellectual Skills:
a) To create effective web pages using various HTML tags.
b) Understand of CSS for effective formatting web pages.
c) To Embed images and animation files.
d) To Understand concepts of client side validation.
Motor Skills:
a) Surfing different types of web sites.
b) Students will be able to design and develop static web sites using HTML tags and CSS.
c) Implement scripts
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17013 40
Learning Structure:
Application
Procedure
Concept
Facts
Develop skill of developing and designing a complete Web site.
Designing, formatting, linking, and creating Web pages including animation Web page and web site designing.
Markup language, HTML Tags, Scripting, GIF animation
Internet, Mark up Language, Animation
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17013 41
Contents:
Name of the Topic Hours 1. INTRODUCTION TO WWW Objectives: To understand Browsers & Web Servers To understand structure of HTML document
Information about Web Browsers, Web Servers and types of sites Introduce Web page structure and basic structure tags: !DOCTYPE, HTML,
HEAD, TITLE, BODY with attributes.
01
2. BLOCK LEVEL TAGS AND HORIZONTAL RULES Objectives: To understand basic tags used in HTML Document
Headings, Paragraphs, Breaks, Divisions, Centered Text, Block Quotes,
Preformatted text, Address, HR tag.
01
3. TEXT LEVEL TAGS AND SPECIAL CHARACTERS Objectives: To understand tags & special character used in HTML Document
Bold, Italic, Teletype, Underline, Strikethrough, Superscript, Subscript DIV
tag
01
4. LISTS Objectives: To understand list types
Ordered Lists, Unordered Lists, Definition Lists, Nested Lists.
01
5. URL AND ANCHOR TAG Objectives: To understand types of linking
URL : Types of URLs, Absolute URLs, Relative URLs Anchor Tag: Linking various documents for internal and external links.
Marquee Tag.
01
6. IMAGES, COLORS AND BACKGROUNDS Objectives: To understand Image formats
IMG tag and different Image formats, colors and backgrounds.
01
7. TABLE Objectives: To understand different Table tags & attributes
TABLE tag with attributes. TABLE, TR, TH, TD tags. border, cell spacing,
cell padding, width, align, bgcolor attributes.
01
8. FRAMES Objectives: To understand Frame attributes Types of Frames with their attributes
Creating frames: FRAMESET tag – rows, cols attributes,
01
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17013 42
FRAME tag –name, frame border, margin height, margin width, src, resize, scrolling attributes. Use of NOFRAMES tag, Frame targeting. 9. FORMS Objectives: To understand Forms attribute and methods.
Creating basic form: FORM tag, action and method attributes. Form fields: Single line text field, password field, multiple line text area, radio
buttons, and check boxes. Pull down menus: SELECT and OPTION tags. Buttons: submit, reset and generalized buttons.
01
10. STYLE SHEETS Objectives: To understand different Style Sheets Rule and types.
Introduce Style Sheets with different types. Adding style to the document: Linking to style sheets, Embedding style sheets,
Using inline style. Selectors: CLASS rules, ID rules. Style sheet properties: font, text, box, color and background properties.
02
11. CLIENT SIDE SCRIPTING AND JAVA SCRIPT Objectives: To understand about the client side Scripting.
Embedding JavaScript in HTML document. Embed tag, Variables, Constants,
Adding comments. Operators: Assignment, Arithmetic and Comparison operators. Control structures and looping: if, if..else, for, for..in, while, do..while, break
and continue. Event handlers: onClick, onMouseOver, onMouseOut, onSubmit, onReset,
02
12. ANIMATION Objectives: To understand about the gif animator
Creating a gif animation using gif animator. Controlling gif animation through internal setting of gif animator. Creating banner using gif animation.
01
13. PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHER: HOSTING THE WEBSITE Objectives: To understand how to publish the websites
Publishing the site, Outsourcing web hosting, Virtual Hosting
02
TOTAL 16
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17013 43
List of Practical:
Sr. No. Title of Experiment No. of
Hours
1 Write a HTML code for creating Web page using structure tags for displaying “Welcome to HTML” message. 02
2 Create a web page for displaying a paragraph using Block level, HR tags, Text level tags and special characters. 02
3 Create a web page for implementing different types of Lists. 02
4 Create a web page to link web page in the same directory, different directory, in a subdirectory of a parent directory, any other directory, and link to Email ID.
02
5 Create a web page for changing colors of links using BODY tag attributes. 02
6 Create a web page using IMG tag implementing various attributes, implementing image as a button and setting image as background. 02
7 Create a web page implementing all formatting and table tags. 02 8 Create a web page for students Registration form using FORM tags. 02
9 Create a web page for demonstration of CSS applying Internal/External/ Inline style. 02
10 Write a java script for validation of phone No./ Acc. No. 02 11 Creating a gif animation using gif animator. 02
12
Creation of Web Site: Mini project containing minimum Ten web pages on any one Following list containing images ,colors & background, frames ,tables, forms, CSS .
1. Web site for Computer Department/ Information Technology Department.
2. Web site for any Vehicle Showroom. 3. Web site for Travel and Tourism Agency. 4. Web site for any Sport.(Ex. Cricket, Tennis etc.) 5. Any other suggested topic by subject teacher.
08
Learning resources: 1. Books:
Sr. No Author Title of the Book Publication
01 Thomas Powell HTML and XHTML – The complete reference
Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
02 Robbins Learning Web Design O’Reilly
03 Dick Oliver SAMS Teach Yourself HTML & CSS in 24 Hours
Pearson Education Publication
04 Anne Bohem HTML,XHTML and CSS Murach’s Publication
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17013 44
2. Web Sites:
1. http://www.w3schools.com/html
2. http://www.html.net/
3. http://www.2createawebsite.com
4. http://webdesign.about.com
Guidelines for Effective teaching:
Focus should be given on latest technological WEB developments
The subject teacher should have practical approach for teaching this subject.
The teachers have to perform every practical before conducting it in laboratory.
List of Machines and Equipments:
Hardware Tools:
a) Computer systems
b) Printer
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Draft Copy 13/12/2012 1
MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, MUMBAI TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR POST S.S.C. DIPLOMA COURSES
COURSE NAME : COMPUTER ENGINEERING GROUP COURSE CODE : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF DURATION OF COURSE : 6 SEMESTERS For CO/CM/CW/IF ( 8 SEMESTERS for CD) WITH EFFECT FROM 2012-13 SEMESTER : THIRD DURATION : 16 WEEKS FULL TIME / PART TIME : FULL TIME SCHEME : G
SR. NO.
SUBJECT TITLE
Abbreviation
SUB CODE
TEACHING SCHEME
EXAMINATION SCHEME SW
(17300) PAPER HRS.
TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9) TH TU PR Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
1 Applied Mathematics $ AMS 17301 03 -- -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- --
50
2 Data Structure Using ‘C’ DSU 17330 04 -- 04 03 100 40 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10 3 Electrical Technology ETE 17331 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
4 Relational Database Management System RDM 17332 04 -- 04 03 100 40 -- -- 25# 10 50@ 20
5 Digital Techniques DTE 17333 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
6 Graphical User Interface (GUI) Programming GUI 17026 -- -- 02 -- -- -- 50@ 20 -- -- -- --
7 Professional Practices-I PPO 17027 -- -- 03 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20 TOTAL 17 -- 17 -- 500 -- 100 -- 25 -- 175 -- 50
Student Contact Hours Per Week: 34 Hrs. THEORY AND PRACTICAL PERIODS OF 60 MINUTES EACH. Total Marks : 850 @- Internal Assessment, # - External Assessment, No Theory Examination, $ - Common to all branches Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, ,OR-Oral, TW- Term Work, SW- Sessional Work Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as sessional
work (SW). Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms. Code number for TH, PR, OR and TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy Dt. 19/11/2012 17301 2
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering & Technology
Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/
ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Applied Mathematics
Subject Code : 17301
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale:
Applied mathematics is designed for its applications in engineering and technology. It
includes the topics integration, differential equation, probability distribution. The connection
between applied mathematics and its applications in real life can be understood and appreciated.
Derivatives are useful to find slope of the curve, maxima and minima of function, radius of
curvature. Integral calculus helps in finding the area, volume, mean value R. M. S value etc. In
analog to digital converter and modulation system integration is important. Differential equation is
used in finding curve, rectilinear motion. Probability is used in Metrology and quality control.
The fundamentals of this topic are directly useful in understanding engineering applications in
various fields.
General Objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Apply derivatives to find slope, maxima, minima and radius of curvature.
2. Apply integral calculus to solve different engineering problems.
3. Apply the concept of integration for finding area, mean value, R. M. S value, and volume of
solid of revolution.
4. Apply differential equation for solving problems in different engineering fields.
5. Apply the knowledge of probability to solve the examples related to the production process.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy Dt. 19/11/2012 17301 3
Learning Structure:
Applications Procedure Solving problems of tangent, normal. Finding maxima, minima and radius of curvature
Solving problems on methods of integration and its properties. Finding area, volume of solid of revolution, mean and R.M.S. value
Methods of solving differential equations of first order and first degree. Solving examples in different engineering fields
Solving different examples on binomial, poisson and normal distribution
Principle Methods of finding slope, curvature, maxima and minima
Methods of finding integration, definite integration and its properties
Methods of differential equations of first order and first degree
Formulae for binomial, normal, and poisson distribution
Concept
Facts First order and second order derivatives
Derivatives, notation of integration, definition of integration
Integration, definition of differential equation
Permutation , Combination, probability of an event
Apply the principles of mathematics to solve examples in Electrical, Electronics ,Mechanical and Chemical fields
Geometrical meaning of derivatives, increasing and decreasing functions
Integration of standard functions. Rules of integration, integration by parts, partial fractions
Order and degree of differential equation. Formation of differential equation
Probability of repeated trails of random experiments
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy Dt. 19/11/2012 17301 4
Theory:
Topic and Contents Hours Marks Topic-1 Applications of Derivative Specific objectives : Find slope, curvature, maximum and minimum value of functions
related to different engineering applications. Geometrical meaning of derivative with proof. Examples for
finding slope , equations of tangent and normal to the curve Maxima and minima. Radius of curvature.
05 12
Topic-2 Integral Calculus 2.1 Integration ------------------------- 22 Specific objectives : Integrate function using different method.
Definition of integration as anti derivative, rules of integration. Integration of standard functions Methods of integration
Integration by substitution. Integration of rational functions. Integration by partial fractions. Integration by trigonometric transformation. Integration by parts.
14
48 2.2 Definite Integrals ---------------------------------- 12 Specific objectives : Solve problems on definite integrals using the properties.
Definite integral- Definition, examples. Properties of definite integrals and simple examples.
06
2.3 Application of Definite Integrals -----------------------14 Specific objectives : Find area, mean value, R. M. S value, volume of solid of revolution.
1. Area under the curve. 2. Area between the two curves. 3. Mean and R. M. S. Value. 4. Volume of solid of revolution.
06
Topic 3 - Differential Equation. 3.1 Differential equation Specific objectives : Solve the differential equation of first order and first degree Solve different engineering problems using differential equation
Differential equation- Definition, order and degree of a differential equation. Formation of differential equation containing single constant.
Solution of differential equation of first order and first degree for following types
Variable separable form , Equation reducible to variable separable form. Linear differential equation. Bernoulli differential equation. Homogeneous differential equation.
10 20
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy Dt. 19/11/2012 17301 5
Exact differential equation. Geometrical application of differential equation. Motion under variable acceleration Motion under uniform (constant) acceleration
Topic 4 - Probability 4.1 Probability Specific objectives : ---------------------------- 08 Solve different engineering problems related to production process.
Definition of random experiment, sample space, event , occurrence of event and types of event (impossible, mutually exclusive, exhaustive , equally likely)
Definition of probability, addition and multiplication theorems of probability.
03
20
4.2 Probability Distribution ---------------------- 12 Binomial distribution Poisson’s Distribution Normal distribution
04
Total 48 100 Learning Resources:
1) Books:
Sr. No Title Authors Publication
1 Mathematic for Polytechnic S. P. Deshpande Pune Vidyarthi Girha Prakashan’ Pune
2 Calculus : Single Variable Robert. T. Smith Tata McGraw Hill
3 Higher Engineering mathematics B. V Ramana Tata McGraw Hill
4 Higher Engineering mathematics H. K. Dass S .Chand Publication
5 Higher Engineering Mathematics B. S. Grewal Khanna Publication, New Delhi
6 Applied Mathematics P. N. Wartikar Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan, pune
2) Websites :
i) www.khan academy
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17330 6
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Data Structure Using ‘C’
Subject Code : 17330
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
04 -- 04 03 100 50# -- 25@ 175
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be entered in
mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
Rationale:
Data structure is a subject of primary importance to the discipline of Computer Science &
Engineering. Data structure is a logical & mathematical model of storing & organizing data in a
particular way in a computer. After learning this subject student will be able to identify the
problem, analyze different algorithms to solve the problem & choose most appropriate data
structure to represent the data.
General Objectives: To develop following skills: Intellectual Skills:
To know the fundamentals of data structure To learn the classification of data structure. To select the appropriate data structure. To apply the different searching and sorting techniques. To apply different algorithms to solve the real world problem.
Motor Skills:
Proper handling of Computer system.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17330 7
Learning Structure:
Application
Procedure
Principles
Concepts
Facts
Programming (System & Application)
Searching Sorting Data Access Techniques
Data Storage Techniques
Searching Algorithms
Sorting Algorithms
FIFO LIFO
Arrays, Stack, list, Queue,
Graph
Linear Binary
Bubble, Selection, Insertion,
Quick Sort, Merge Sort, Radix Sort.
Data Retrival Insert, Delete,
Push, Pop, Front, Rear,
Node, Pointers, Data Storage
Identifiers, Data types, Data
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17330 8
Contents: Theory Topic Content Hours Marks
1
Introduction to Data Structure Specific Objective: To understand data structure organization & classification To understand operations on data structure. To understand approaches to design an algorithm. Knowing the complexity of an algorithm
1.1 Basic Terminology Elementary data structure organization Classification of data structure
1.2 Operations on data structures Traversing, Inserting, deleting Searching, sorting, merging
1.3 Different Approaches to designing an algorithm Top-Down approach Bottom-up approach
1.4 Complexity Time complexity Space complexity
1.5 Big ‘O’ Notation
04 08
2
Sorting and Searching Specific Objective: To understand and apply sorting algorithms on data. To understand and apply searching algorithms on data.
2.1 Sorting Techniques Introduction Selection sort Insertion sort Bubble sort Merge sort Radix sort ( Only algorithm ) Shell sort ( Only algorithm ) Quick sort ( Only algorithm )
2.2 Searching Linear search Binary search
10 16
3
Stacks Specific Objective: To understand and apply the knowledge of the data structure –
‘stack’ in the application programs. 3.1 Introduction to stack
Stack as an abstract data type Representation of stack through arrays
3.2 Applications of Stack Reversing a list Polish notations Conversion of infix to postfix expression Evaluation of postfix expression
08 18
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17330 9
Converting an infix into prefix expression Evaluation of prefix expression Recursion
4
Queues Specific Objective: To understand and apply the knowledge of the data structure –
‘Queue’ in the application programs. 4.1 Introduction
Queues as an abstract data type Representation of a Queue as an array
4.2 Types of Queue Circular Queue Double Ended Queue Priority Queue Dequeues
4.3 Applications of Queue
06 12
5
Linked List Specific Objective: To understand and apply the knowledge of the data structure –
‘Linked List’ in the application programs. 5.1 Introduction
Terminologies: node, Address, Pointer, Information, Next, Null Pointer, Empty list etc.
5.2 Type of lists Linear list Circular list Doubly list
5.3 Operations on a singly linked list ( only algorithm) Traversing a singly linked list Searching a linked list Inserting a new node in a linked list Deleting a node from a linked list
06 12
6
Trees Specific Objective: To understand and apply the knowledge of the data structure –
‘Trees’ on data. 6.1 Introduction
Terminologies: tree ,degree of a node, degree of a tree, level of a node, leaf node, Depth / Height of a tree, In-degree & out-Degree, Directed edge, Path, Ancestor & descendant nodes.
6.2 Type of Trees General tree Binary tree Binary search tree (BST).
6.3 Binary tree traversal ( only algorithm ) In order traversal Preorder traversal Post order traversal
6.4 Expression tree
08 18
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17330 10
7
Graph and Hashing Specific Objective: To understand and apply the knowledge of ‘graph’ and
‘hashing’ function on data. 7.1 Introduction
Terminologies: graph, node (Vertices), arcs (edge), directed graph, in-degree, out-degree, adjacent, successor, predecessor, relation, weight, path, length.
7.2 Representations of a graph Array Representation Linked list Representation
7.3 Traversal of graphs Depth-first search (DFS). Breadth-first search (BFS).
7.4 Applications of Graph 7.5 Hashing
Hash function Collision resolution techniques
06 16
Total 64 100 List of Practical:
1. Write a program to define an integer array of 10 elements and display it.
2. Write a program to search a number in an array of 10 elements.
3. Write a program to perform inserting & deletion operation on an array.
4. Write a program to implement selection, insertion & bubble sort
5. Write a program to implement stack operation using array.
6. Write a program to implement queue operation using array.
7. Write a program to create singly linked list.
8. Write a program to create binary tree
9. Write a program to create a graph of n vertices using an adjacency list.
10. Write a program to search an element using hashing techniques.
11. Seminar on mini study project.
Learning Resources: 1 Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
1 ISRD Group New Delhi Data structure Using C Tata McGraw Hill
2 Reema Thareja Data Structure Using C OXFORD University Press
3 Ashok Kamthane Introduction to data structures in C Pearson
4 Prof. P.S. Deshpande, Prof D.G. kakde C & data structures Dreamtech press
5 Amitava Nag & Jyoti Prakash Singh
Data structures & Algorithms Using C Vikas
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17330 11
2 Websites:
http://www.oupinheonline.com/book/thareja-data-structures-using-c/9780198065449
www.vikaspublishing.com/teachersmannual.aspx
www.pearsoned.co.in/prc
www.phindia.com/learningresources.aspx
3. Mini Project:
Use any resources for mini projects in Data Structure.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17331 12
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Electrical Technology
Subject Code : 17331
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be entered in
mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
Rationale:
This subject is an allied subject for diploma in computer engineering, computer technology
and information technology course. As the present industry job profile requires multi engineering
knowledge, this subject gives the basic knowledge of electrical engineering. The technicians &
supervisors from all branches of engineering have to deal with various types of electrical gadgets &
equipments. Electrical engineering involves the conception, design, development, & production of
the electrical or electronic products & systems needed by our technological society. Hence, it is
important to study electric circuits, different electrical machines, their principles and working
characteristics. This subject covers analysis of ac and dc networks, working principles of
commonly used ac motors. The basic concepts studied in this subject will be very useful for
understanding of other higher level subjects in further study.
General Objectives:
The student will be able to:
• Know the concepts of D.C. Circuits.
• Understand concept of A.C. Circuits.
• Know the importance of 3 phase circuits.
• Know construction and working of different electrical machines.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17331 13
Learning Structure:
Application Procedure Principle Concept Concepts Facts
To Solve DC and AC Circuits, To Select Appropriate Electrical Machine as per Requirement
Apply N/W Analysis Method
Apply rules for series circuit
Apply relationship between line & phase values for star & delta
Operation of 1 Phase Transformer
Operation of 1 Phase Induction Motor
Loop Current and Node Voltage Method
Series Parallel Circuits
R-L-C Series Circuit
Construction, Working of Transformer & Electromagnetic Induction
Construction and Working of Single Phase Induction Motor
EMF, Potential Difference and Current
Loop and Node
Concept of inductive and capacitive reactance
Concept of Transformer
Concept of Single Phase Motor
Concept of Electric Circuit
Ohm’s Law Kirchhoff’s Law Faraday’s
Law of EMI Parts of Transformer and Single Phase Motor
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17331 14
Theory:
Topic and Contents Hours Marks Topic 1: D.C. Circuits Specific Objectives Understand practical use of KCL and KVL Represent complicated network by single equivalent resistance
Contents: 1.1 Concept of Emf , Potential Difference, D.C. Current & D.C.Voltage
(Symbols and Units) 1.2 Basic Laws and their application:
Ohm’s Law Kirchhoff’s Current & Voltage Law Mesh Loop Current Method (Two loops only) Node Voltage Method (Two nodes only)
1.3 Simplification of Networks Series & Parallel Circuits Star-Delta & Delta-Star Conversion (Simple Numerical on 1.2 and 1.3)
08 12
Topic 2: A.C. Fundamentals Specific Objectives Understand nature of sine waveform & calculate its parameters Identify inductive and capacitive load
Contents: 2.1 Basics of Electromagnetism
Concept of magnetic Flux Concept of Reluctance Faraday’s Law of Electromagnetic Induction Lenz’s law Statically &Dynamically Induced EMF. Concept of Inductance, Capacitance, Inductive &Capacitive
Reactance 2.2 Sinusoidal Representation With Equation of Alternating V & I (08)
Concept of Angular Velocity, Frequency, Cycle &Time Period Concept of Peak Value, Average Value & RMS Value Concept of Form &Peak Factor
2.3 Phase of AC Quantities (Definition & phasor representation) Phase and Phase Difference In-Phase Quantity Lagging Quantity Leading Quantity
2.4 Behavior of AC Circuits (Waveforms, Equations & Phasor Diagrams) AC Circuits Containing Resistance Only AC Circuits Containing Inductance Only AC Circuits Containing Capacitance Only (Simple Numerical on 2.2 & 2.4)
10 26
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17331 15
Topic 3: AC Series Circuit Specific Objectives Understand concept of impedance Distinguish between active, reactive and apparent power
Contents: 3.1Concept of Impedance and Impedance Triangle 3.2 Concept of Power Factor and Its Significance 3.3 Phasor Diagram, Voltage and Current Equation
RL Series Circuit RC Series Circuit RLC Series Circuit and series resonance
3.4 Active, Reactive and Apparent power, Power Triangle 3.5 Measurement of single phase power using Dynamometer Type wattmeter
(Simple Numerical on 3.3 and 3.4)
10 20
Topic 4: Three Phase Circuits Specific Objectives Distinguish between 1 phase and 3 phase a.c. nature Develop balanced load.
Contents: 4.1 Advantages of Three Phase Circuits over single phase circuits 4.2 Concept of Three Phase Supply, Its Waveforms Representations
& Phase Sequence, Concept of Balanced Load. 4.3 Star Connected Balanced System
Relation Between Phase and line Current Relation Between Phase and line Voltage Equation for Three Phase Power Phasor Diagram
4.4 Delta Connected Balanced System Relation Between Phase and Line Current Relation Between Phase and line Voltage Equation for Three Phase Power Phasor Diagram (Simple Numerical on 4.3 & 4.4)
06 14
Topic 5 : Electrical Machines Specific Objectives Able to select motor depending on application Able to specify transformer w.r.t. specifications.
Contents: 5.1 Single Phase Induction Motor : Principle of Working, Operation and
Application of Resistance Split Phase Motors Capacitor Start Motors Shaded Pole Motors Universal Motors
5.2 Transformer Construction Construction and Working Principle Classification of Transformers
5.3 Transformer Operation Emf Equation (No Derivation) Voltage and Current Ratio Efficiency and Voltage Regulation
5.4 Auto Transformer Construction and Working Comparison With Two Winding Transformer
10 20
Topic 6 : Electrical Safety 04 08
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17331 16
Specific Objectives Aware about earthing need Able to identify cause of problem
Contents: 6.1 Earthing of Electrical Equipment
Pipe earthing Plate earthing
6.2 Fuses Classification of Fuses and basic terms related with it Miniature Circuit Breaker Comparison between fuse and MCB
6.3 Electric shock and its effects Factors Affecting Lethality of Electric shock Precautions Against Electric Shock Handling Shock Victims
Total 48 100 Intellectual Skills:
1. Identify and select suitable electrical instruments for measurement 2. Identify and give specifications of electrical motors and transformers 3. Distinguish between 1 phase and 3 phase nature. 4. Identify safety equipments required. 5. Decide the procedure for setting experiments.
Motor Skills: 1. Draw wiring diagram 2. Make wiring connections to connect electrical equipments and instruments.
3. Measure electrical power and other electrical quantities. 4. Use of safety devices while working.
List of Practical: 1. Verification of Kirchhoff’s laws. 2. Verification of star-delta conversion or delta-star conversion.
3. Observe sine wave of 1 KHz, 2 Vp-p on CRO and determine its time period, RMS, average
value.
4. To determine the resistance, impedance and inductance of a choke coil. (Use of D. C.
source for measurement of resistance and A.C. source for measurement of inductance is
expected) 5. To draw vector diagram and to determine power factor of R-L-C series circuit. 6. To determine the relationship between line and phase values in three phase balanced star
and delta connected load. 7. To determine transformation ratio of single phase transformer. 8. To determine efficiency and regulation of transformer. 9. To prepare wiring for one lamp control using 2 switches.
Note: All the above 09 experiments are compulsory.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17331 17
List of Assignments:
1. Four Mathematical Assignments, each of minimum 25 problems on topics 1 to 4. 2. Six Assignment based on theory questions, each of minimum 20 questions from all topics.
Learning Resources:
1. Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
1 R.S.Ananda Murthy Basic Electrical Engineering PEARSON 2 S.N. Singh Basic Electrical Engineering PHI Learning 3. D.C.Kulshreshtha Basic Electrical Engineering Mc Graw Hill 4. B.L.Theraja Electrical Technology Vol – I and II S.Chand and Co.
2. Websites: www.wikipedia.org http://xiendianqi.en.made-in-china.com/ http://ewh.ieee.org/soc/es/ http://ecmweb.com/mag/electric_minimizing_ac_induction/ http://www.electrical-technologies.com/
3. List of Equipments: 1. D. C. Power Supply 2. Different kits as per practical list 3. CRO 5. Signal Generator 4. 1 phase Transformer 5. Analog/Digital Multimeters 6. Connector, banana pins, crocodile pins
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17332 18
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Relation Database Management System
Subject Code : 17332
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
04 -- 04 03 100 -- 25# 50@ 175
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
Rationale:
Each and every Organization like shopping mall, hospital, banking, institutes, Industry etc.
needs to share huge amount of data in effective manner. This subject enables to create, store,
modify and extract information from a database.
Relational database management system has been developed to manage the information
stored in the database. After learning this subject student will be able to use RDBM package as a
backend for developing database applications.
General Objectives:
The Students will be able to:
1. Design the database structure with appropriate data tables.
2. Aware of proper specifications of data.
3. Create normalized database file.
3. Understand Query Processing.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17332 19
Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principles Concepts Facts
RDBMS can be used as a backend for developing various database
Applications using VB, VB.NET, C++, JAVA etc.
Use relational Algebra, relational Calculus for data Processing.
Create Database using Data definition and data manipulation
Structured Query Language and PL / SQL.
Query Processing, and Security
Integrity Constraints, Functional Dependencies, Normalization using various normal Forms.
Data Dictionary, Database software, and Data Abstraction. Data Independence
E-R Model, EER model, Keys, Specialization and Generalization Relational Model
Data, data types, Attributes, Domains, Operators, Records, Files
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17332 20
Theory: Topic No. Contents Hours Marks
01
Database System Concept Specific Objectives:
State the importance of DBMS effectiveness and database tools.
State the advantages of using database system to store operational data.
Explain the concept of RDBMS Describe the overall structure of DBMS & Architecture of
Client/Server system. Explain the concept of data mining and data warehousing
1.1 An Introduction to database. Data, database, DBMS, Disadvantages of file processing system, advantages of DBMS over file processing system , Application of database. 1.2 What is RDBMS, Difference between DBMS and RDBMS 1.3 Names of various DBMS and RDBMS softwares 1.4 Data abstraction, Database languages, Instance and schema, Data independence - Logical and Physical Independence. 1.5 Components of DBMS and overall Structure of DBMS. Database Users, functions of Database Administrator. 1.6 Introduction to client server architecture. Two/Three tier Architecture. 1.7 The 12 Rules (Codd’s laws) for fully functional RDBMS. 1.8 Introduction to Distributed database, Introduction to data mining & data warehousing
08 16
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17332 21
02
Relational Data Model and Security and Integrity Specification Specific Objectives: Explain the commercial data processing applications by using
various data models. Implement the Concept of E-R Model. Describe the process of Normalization & Design database structure
using various Normal forms to reduce redundancy. Explain the various data constraints. Explain the need of data security. 2.1 Data Model
Network Model Hierarchical Model Relational Model
2.2 Relational Model: - Basic Concepts Attributes and Domains. Key Concepts:- Candidate key, Primary key, Foreign key and Super key. 2.3 E-R model, Components of ER Model, Types of attributes, role
indicator, weak & strong entity set. 2.4 Enhanced ER Model: Introduction, Specialization & Generalization 2.5 Relational Algebra and Relational Calculus. 2.6 Database Design: Relational database Design, Functional dependencies, Normalization based on functional dependencies,
Normal forms: 1NF, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF. Normalization based on multivalued dependencies, Normalization based on Join dependencies. 2.7 Integrity Constraints: Domain Integrity Constraints, Entity integrity Constraints, Referential Integrity Constraints & on delete cascade 2.8 Database Security: introduction, Data security requirements.
14 22
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17332 22
03
Interactive SQL Specific Objectives:
Design SQL queries to Create Relational database and apply data constraints.
Design the queries for data manipulation. Implement the queries using various operators & functions Design the queries for controlling in Database. Explain the concept of transaction processing.
3.1 Introduction to SQL 3.2 Data Types in SQL 3.3 DDL Commands: CREATE, ALTER, DROP, TRUNCATE, DESC, RENAME, Truncate, Creating a User, Use of data constraints 3.4 DML Commands: INSERT, UPDATE,DELETE,CALL 3.5 SQL Operators: Arithmetic Operators, Comparison Operators,
Logical Operators, Set Operators, Range Searching operators-Between, Pattern matching operators-Like.
3.6 Oracle Functions: String, Arithmetic, Date and time, Aggregate Functions and Miscellaneous Functions. Conversion Functions, Special Date formats using To_char() function
3.7 Queries using Group by, having, and Order by clause, Joins, Types of Joins, Sub queries.
3.8 DCL Commands: COMMIT, SAVEPOINT, ROLLBACK, GRANT, REVOKE.
3.9 DQL Commands: SELECT. 3.10 Transaction Processing: The concept of Transaction, ACID
properties, States of Transaction, Concurrent execution of Multiple transaction, Serializability.
18 26
04
Advance SQL: SQL Performance Tuning Specific Objectives:
Design SQL queries for implementation of VIEWS, SEQUENES, INDEXES, SNAPSHOT and SYNONYM.
4.1 Views: What are Views? The Create View Command, Updating Views, Views and Joins, Views and Sub queries, What Views cannot do? , Dropping Views.
4.2 Sequences: Creating Sequences, Altering Sequences, Dropping Sequences.
4.3 Indexes: Index Types, Creating of an Index: Simple Unique, and Composite Index, Dropping Indexes.
4.4 Snapshots: Creating a Snapshot, Altering Snapshot, Dropping a Snapshot.
4.5 Synonyms: Creating a Synonyms, Dropping a Synonyms.
08 12
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17332 23
05
PL/SQL , Database Objects & Security Specific Objectives:
State the features and components of the PL/SQL. Write simple PL/SQL Code using control structure and
handle various exceptions. Create stored procedures and implement functions & create
database trigger using PL/SQL. Provide security to database using Locks in PL./SQL
5.1 Introduction of PL/SQL, Advantages of PL/SQL ,The PL/SQL Block Structure, PL/SQL execution environment, PL/SQL data Types,Variables,Constants 5.2 Control Structure: Conditional Control, Iterative Control, Sequential Control. 5.2 Exception handling: Predefined Exception, User defined Exception. 5.3 Cursors: Implicit and Explicit Cursors, Declaring, Opening and Closing a Cursor, Fetching a Record from Cursor, Cursor for loops, Parameterized Cursors. 5.4 Procedures: Advantages, Creating, Executing and Deleting a Stored Procedure. 5.5 Functions: Advantages, Creating, Executing and Deleting a Function. 5.6 Database Triggers: Use of Database Triggers, How to apply database Triggers, Types of Triggers, Syntax for Creating Trigger, Deleting Trigger. 5.7 PL/SQL security-Locks, Types of Locks-shared & exclusive. Locking strategy-Implicit &Explicit
16 24
Total 64 100 Practicals: Intellectual skills:
1. Write the fields of data base 2. Decide proper specifications 3. Execute Query Processing and transaction processing. 4. Prepare appropriate data tables 5. Writing of Sequential steps
Note:
All the experiments shall be performed using Oracle 8i or Higher Versions.
Students shall maintain a lab manual, giving details of the work-carried out during every
practical session.
Assessment shall be done based on the lab manual. This lab manual shall be submitted as
term-work.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17332 24
List of Practical: Sr. No. Title of Experiment No. of
Hours 1 Designing E-R diagrams. Designing a Normalized Database. 04
2 Creating & Executing DDL commands in SQL. & Apply various Integrity constraints on table. 04
3 Creating & Executing DML commands in SQL. 04
4 Writing Queries using various operators & Arithmetic, String Functions. 06
5
Executing Data Conversion functions such as To_char(), To_Number() and To_date(). Execute various Date functions and also display special date formats using To_char() function.
04
6 Executing Queries using the Select Command with Where, Having ,Group by and order by clauses also execute the queries using aggregate functions. 06
7 Execute the queries for implementation of Inner, Outer and Cross Join. 04 8 Executing DCL commands in SQL. 02 9 Implementation of Views. 04 10 Execute Indexes, Sequences,, Snpashots and synonyms in SQL. 04
11 Write the basic PL/SQL Programs and also Write a PL/SQL programs using if then else, for , while and nested loop. 04
12 Write a PL/SQL code to implement implicit and explicit cursors. 02
13 Write PL/SQL Programs based on Exceptions handling.(Predefined and user-defined exceptions) 02
14 Write PL/SQL code for creating Procedures ,functions and database triggers. 06 15 Write a PL/SQL code to lock the table in shared mode and exclusive mode. 04
Total 64 Learning Resources:
1. Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
1. Korth Database System Concepts(4th Edition) Tata McGraw Hill 2. ISRD Group Introduction to Database Management
Systems Tata McGraw Hill
3. SQL ,PL/SQL the Programming language of Oracle
Ivan Bayross(4th edition) BPB
4. Chakrabarti Dasgupta
Advanced Database Management System Dreamtech
2. Websites:
1. wielyIndia.com or DreamtechPress.com 2. http://phindia.com/gupta/chapter/chapter1.pdf 3. www.williamstannings.com
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17333 25
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Digital Techniques
Subject Code : 17333
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)
Rationale:
The application areas of digital electronics have been increasing day by day, resulting in unprecedented interest in the subject. The power of digital techniques and systems can be seen from wide variety of industrial machinery, computers, microprocessors, house hold appliances, medical equipment, internet, e-banking etc. which are based on principles of digital electronics. So the subject Digital Techniques has been introduced as a core technology subject, in Computer Engineering Curriculum.
It will enable the students to assemble, design, test and troubleshoot logical circuits like:- MUX, DEMUX, COUNTERS, REGISTERS. This subject covers the number systems, basic & logic gates, combinational & sequential logic circuits, memories and ADC / DAC converters which form an important part of digital systems.
This subject is the foundation for knowledge of computers, Advanced Microprocessor and Embedded Systems. Objectives: The following skills will be developed: Intellectual Skills:
1) Understand various logic families and number system 2) Understand Boolean Algebra and design the logic circuits 3) Design Combinational and Sequential Logic circuits using logic gates and their
applications 4) Know different types of memories in computers
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17333 26
5) Understand the concept of data conversion from Analog to Digital and vice- versa Motor Skills:
1) Ability to build the circuit. 2) To observe the result and handling the equipments.
Learning Structure:
Application Procedures Principles Concepts Facts
Theory
To apply principle in digital system design and applications of logical circuits in Microprocessors, Controllers and Computers
Number Systems &
Binary codes Logic
Families Flip
Flops
Counters & shift
Registers
MUX & DEMUX
Logic gates
Digital circuits, combinational & sequential logic circuit Number System, Codes
Procedure for conversion of number systems &
Binary codes
Procedure to design & test simple Digital systems using digital techniques
Different number Systems & different
Binary codes & Conversions
Operational Parameters of
Different digital IC’s
Combinational & Sequential digital
Circuit
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17333 27
TTooppiicc NNoo.. Name of the Topic Hours Marks
0011
Introduction to Digital Techniques OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- Understand the Digital Systems and Logic Families. Identification and conversion of different number systems.
1.1 Digital signal , Digital systems- Positive and Negative Logic, Advantages , Disadvantages and Applications of Digital Systems 1.2 Logic families- Characteristics, Classification - TTL, CMOS, ECL (Comparison only) (No circuits) 1.3 Number System- Classification - Binary, Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal number system, Conversion of number systems, 1’s complement and 2’s complement, Binary arithmetic, BCD code, BCD arithmetic.
08 16
0022
Logic Gates OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- Understand Boolean Laws and concept of Logic Gates.
2.1 Basic gates (AND,OR, NOT), Universal gates(NAND, NOR), Derived gates(EX-OR, EX-NOR) - Logical symbol, logical expression and truth table of gates- Deriving all gates using universal gates, Multiple input gates (3 - inputs)
2.2 Boolean laws- De Morgan’s theorems. 2.3 Application of Boolean laws to simplify the Boolean expressions. 2.4 Construction of logical circuits by simplifying the Boolean Expression.
08 18
0033
Combinational Logic Circuits OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- Reduction of Boolean expression using K-map Understanding and designing of Multiplexer, Demultiplexer,
Encoder, and Decoder.. 3.1 SOP & POS – Concept, Standardization. 3.2 K-map representation of logical functions minimization using 2, 3, 4 variables. 3.3 Designing of (a) Half adder and Half subtractor (b) Full adder and Full subtractor using K-map, basic gates and universal gates. 3.4 Multiplexer – Block diagram, Truth table, Logical expression and logic diagram of Multiplexers (2:1, 4:1, 8:1and 16:1), Multiplexer Tree. 3.5 Demultiplexer – Block diagram, Truth table, Logical expression and logic diagram of Demultiplexer (1:2, 1:4, 1:8and 1:16), Demultiplexer Tree. 3.6 Priority Encoders - Decimal to BCD Encoder (IC 74147) and Octal to Binary (IC 74148) - Block diagram, Truth table. 3.7 Decoder - BCD to 7-segment Decoder (IC 7447) - Block diagram, Truth table. 3.8 Digital comparator IC (7485) - Block diagram, Truth table. 3.9 ALU 74181
12 24
0044
Sequential Logic Circuit OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- Understanding the concept one bit memory cell – Flip-flop and
their Applications.
14 28
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17333 28
4.1 Introduction to Sequential Logic Circuit – Difference between combinational and sequential circuit 4.2 One-bit memory cell, clock signal – Triggering methods: edge triggering and level triggering (Positive and Negative) 4.3 Flip Flops - R S flip-flop, Clocked R S flip flop, J-K flip flop, Master slave J-K flip flop, D- flip flop and T-flip flop - using NAND gates - Symbol , Logic diagram, working, truth table and Timing diagram. 4.4 Applications of flip flops – a) Counters – Concept, Modulus:- Types of counters, Comparison Asynchronous counter (3 bit, 4 bit), mod N-counter, Synchronous counter (3-bit) – Designing, Working, Truth Table, Timing diagram and Applications. b) Shift register - SISO, SIPO, PISO, PIPO (4-bit) – Block diagram, Working, Truth Table, Timing diagram and Applications. Universal Shift register (IC 7495) (Only pin diagram) 4.5 Memories – Classification – Explanation of RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM, E2PROM.
0055
A-D And D-A Converters (No Mathematical Derivations) OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- To understand different Analog to Digital and Digital to Analog
Conversion Techniques. 5.1 DAC - Weighted resistor and R-2R Ladder - Circuit diagram, working, Advantages and Disadvantages- DAC specifications 5.2 ADC - Ramp, Dual slope and Successive approximation - Circuit diagram, working, Advantages and Disadvantages- ADC Specifications.
04 08
Total 48 100
List of Practical (Any TEN) including MINI PROJECT:- Sr. No Title of Experiments No. of
Hours
1 To know your laboratory of Digital Technique and Study of Digital IC datasheets and noting down the characteristics for TTL & CMOS logic families.
03
2 Verification of truth table of logic gates. 03 3 Verification of De Morgan's theorem. 03 4 Construction of Half adder and Full adder. 03 5 Implementation of Combinational Circuit using Multiplexer 03 6 Construction of 7-segment decoder driver. 03 7 Verification of truth table of Flip flops. 03 8 Universal Shift Register 03 9 Decade counter using IC 7490. 03 10 Design of 3-bit Synchronous counter. 03
11 A MINI PROJECT (Design, Assemble, Test and Troubleshoot) integrating minimum two digital ICs 05
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17333 29
Learning Resources: Books: Sr. No. Title Author Publisher
01 Modern Digital Electronics R. P. Jain Tata McGraw Hill 02 Digital Principles Malvino Leach Prentice Hall of India 03 Digital Fundamentals Thomas Floyd Pearson 04 Digital Electronics Anil K Maini Wiley Precise Text Book CDs, PPTs, etc: www.vikaspublishing.com/teachermanual.aspx
Website: www.digitalcircuits.com
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17026 30
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Graphic User Interface (GUI) Programming
Subject Code : 17026
Teaching and Examination Scheme
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
-- -- 02 -- -- 50# -- -- 50
Rationale:
Nowadays, computer is being used in each and every organization to maintain their data.
Graphical user interface (GUI) makes working with data easy and convenient.
GUI helps to understand the complete development environment, programming and data
access tools. The contents are designed to understand and implement windows / desktop
Applications.
The students will be able to design and develop windows applications. They can also
understand and use the different categories of controls, data access technologies, working with
forms.
General Objectives:
Intellectual Skills:
1) Design various types of forms.
2) Use of controls.
Motor Skills:
1) Develop windows application.
2) Develop crystal reports.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17026 31
Learning Structure:
Application Procedures Principles Concepts Facts
To develop the skill of visual Basic Programming to built Window applications or GUI Application.
Programming with Active data objects.
Programming using Visual Basic, Menu driven graphics using methods.
Design principles of forms, common dialog box, MDI, DLL.
Database Controls DAO, ADO, RDO
Procedures, buttons, forms, dialog boxes, menus, project etc.
Objects, Datatypes Arrays collections, Arguments, control Flow statements, operators, Library functions, Controls.
Command, record, cursor location, cursor types, lock types etc.
Database, record set, visual data manager, Dblist, DBcombo
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17026 32
Content:
Note: Contents of theory should be taught in practical period with the help of LCD projector.
Activity Hours Introduction to GUI Environment
Theory Introduction of GUI, Environment of VB, Concept of VB Program, Project forms and Controls. Activity 1
VB 6.0 Installation with demonstration. Introduction of different windows of VB, Windows forms and
Controls. Theory
Use of Class, Object, Property, Methods and events. Drag & Drop Operations, Validating and Processing, user inputs, managing with menus.
Activity 2 Perform mathematical operation using Textbox and Labels.
2
Introduction to Basic Concept of Visual Basic.
Theory Understand the basic concepts such as, Data types, Variants. Variables, Constants. Arrays – REDIM statement, Array related functions. Collection, procedure, functions. Argument passing and return values. Input box and message box. Control flow statement. Loop statement. Nested control structure. Exit statement. Operators – arithmetic, logical, relational, string. Functions – String, Math’s, Date and Time. Date and time formats. Control loops (do, for, while) Control statements (if-then, if-then-else, Selection option) Using text box, Command button, Label, options, combo box, input
and message box. Activity 3
To use date, time, string, mathematical function and control statement by using different controls.
3
Working with Controls & Events. Theory
Command Buttons, Checkboxes, Option Button. Scroll bars and Sliders. Picture Boxes and Image Controls. Chart and Grid Control
Activity 4 To change height, width of Image using Image control, picture box
and Scrollbars. Theory
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17026 33
File system controls – drive, file, directory list box Container – frame. Events- load, Click, etc.
Activity 5 Design a form using directory, drives, file list and dialog box
controls. Theory–
Text Box and Rich Text boxes List Box, Combo Box, Dialog Box.
Activity 6 Design text Editor. Perform Cut, Copy, Paste, replace text and save file.
Theory Timer Control Basic controls like – line, shape, circle, RGB, Paint picture. Events- load, Click, etc
Activity 7 Design Timer Control Application. Check Start, stop events in Timer.
3
Module, Class Module, MDI, Menu Editor And Graphics Theory
Concept of module, class module, MDI, DLL’s and how to use them. Creating own menu using menu editor, popup menu. Advanced controls: Common dialog box, Tree view, List view, rich
text box Control, windows common controls, status bar, tab control, image list, MSchart.
Concept of class module, module MDI, DLL and how to use them Using RTF Control.
Activity 8 Design MDI Form. Drag & Drop Menu Bar, status bar & tool bar on MDI.
2
Introduction to Database Connectivity and Report Generation. Theory
Concept of database, record, record set, connection DSN and DSN less connection
Data bound controls – text box, combo box, list box, DB grid, DB Combo, MS flex grid. Visual Data Manager. Database Controls- ADO, DAO, RDO. Object connection, record set, parameter, cursor types, lock types.
Activity 9 Use different database controls such as ADO, RDO, DAO to
perform insert, delete, update operation on database records. Theory Concept of Crystal Report & Data report. Activity 10
Design Crystal Report. Use crystal report in application. It should get print by particular search criteria.
3
A Mini Project In VB 6.0(Teacher Shall Guide Topic on the above activities) Theory Guidelines about developing the projects.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17026 34
Activity 11 Analyze the project. Design the project. Develop project as per specification. Test the project. Prepare the project for demonstration.
2
List of Practical: Note: Any 8 practicals will be performed by each student including Mini project.
Sr. No
Name Practical Hours
1
Study of GUI Environment with following Details Introduction VB Installation. Different windows of visual Basic. Introduction of forms and different controls
2
2 Design a form to perform mathematical operation like addition, subtraction, multiplication and division using Text Box, labels.
2
3 Design a form to use Date, Time, String, Mathematical Function with the help of Textbox, Label, Radio Button, Check Box, Combo Box and command button.
2
4 Design a form to change height, width of Image, movement to image using Image Control and Scroll Bar.
2
5 Design a form using directory, drives, file list and dialog box controls. 2
6 Design a Text Editor with Menu having copy, cut, and paste, replace text and save file.
2
7 Design a form using timer control with facility of start, stop, reset.(Hint- Use Label and Text box).
2
8 Design MDI form including Menu Bar, Tool Bar and Status Bar. 2
9 Design forms using different database controls.(Perform Insert, Delete & Update Operation on the database records)
2
10 Design a Crystal Report and fetch records from the database to Crystal report. 2 11 Design a Mini project.(Teacher Shall Guide Topic to Students) 3
Learning Resources:
Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
1 Steven Holzner Visual Basic 6 Programing (Black Book) Dream Tech Press
2 Greg Perry with Sanjaya Hettihewa SAMS Visual basic 6 Pearson
3 Bradley , Millspaugh Programming in Visual Basic 6.0 Tata McGraw Hill
4 Mahmmod Azam Programming with Visual Basic 6.0 Vikas Publishing House.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17026 35
Web links: For Tutorials: www.vbtutor.net/vb6 Equipment List/ Tools:- Hardware Tools:-
1) Computer System (Pentium-IV or Higher Version). 2) LCD Projector.
Software Tool:-
Visual Basic 6.0 or Higher Versions.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17027 36
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Third
Subject Title : Professional Practices-I
Subject Code : 17027
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
01 -- 02 -- -- -- 25@ -- 25
Rationale:
Most of the diploma holders join industries. Due to globalization and competition in the
industrial and service sectors the selection for the job is based on campus interviews or competitive
tests.
While selecting candidates a normal practice adopted is to see general confidence, ability to
communicate and attitude, in addition to basic technological concepts.
The purpose of introducing professional practices is to provide a platform to students to
undergo activities which will enable them to develop self confidence. Industrial visits, expert
lectures, seminars on technical topics and group discussions are planned in a semester so that there
will be increased participation of students in learning process.
Objectives:
Intellectual Skills:
Student will be able to:
1. Acquire information from different sources.
2. Prepare notes for given topic.
3. Present given topic in a seminar.
4. Interact with peers to share thoughts.
5. Prepare a report on industrial visit, expert lecture.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17027 37
Learning Structure:
Application Procedure Principle Concept Facts
Use learning to learn skills in presenting identified contents of curriculum
Self learner
Information search, Market survey
Lectures & Seminars
Contents of identified topics
Use reading techniques and information search engines
Prepare notes for presentation of content in soft and hard copy
Principles of Effective and efficient Reading and information search
Principles of learning to learn, Body language,
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17027 38
Contents: Activity Name of Activity Hours
01
Information Search : Collect information from internet / newspaper / periodicals / magazines etc. Groups (4 to 5 students) have to search/collect information about any one of the following topic. Students will have to submit a report of about 5-10 pages. i) Manufacturing and costing of Computer hardware and software. ii) Advances in software Technology. iii) Information search related to IT Companies (Working Environment) iv) Information search related to Hardware & Networking Companies
(Products and Features) v) E-Business. vi) Making a business plan. Vii) Information about Legendary Personalities through suitable websites (eg.
youtube).
08
02
Lectures by Professional / industrial Expert to be organized from the following areas (any one) 1. Project presentation tips. 2. Spoken English. 3. Personality development. 4. Current trends in IT. 5. How to develop positive thinking.
08
03
Market Survey: a) A group of four students is expected to Collect 4 to 6 advertises showing
job opportunities for C++, RDBMS, Java ,VB, .Net, hardware engineer etc. from newspaper and online resources as well as personally visiting the relevant industries and offices.
b) Visit any one industry and find the knowledge and skills required for C++, RDBMS, Java Technologies. May also Visit related website.
10
04
Seminar: Seminar on any one of the following topics suggested below: A Group of students (4 to5)has to search / collect information about the topic through literature survey, visit and discussions with experts/ concerned persons: Student will have to submit a report of about 5- 10 pages and deliver a seminar for 10 minutes.
1) 3G/4G Technology. 2) Cloud Computing. 3) Hacking. 4) Robotics. 5) DNA Computing. 6) Nano Technology. 7) Robot Surgery. 8) HD Technology. 9) Smartphones. 10) ERP/SAP.
Faculty can suggest any other latest topic.
10
05
List of Mini Projects (Any One). 1. Hotel reservation software (may use-C,C++,RDBMS,VB) 2. Library management software (may use C ,C++, RDBMS, VB)
12
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Draft Copy 13/12/2012 17027 39
3. Student data management software (may use C C++,RDBMS,VB) 4. Small Hardware, electronics, embedded, toys,animation based
Projects. 5. Any Small Games (e.g Tic-Tac-Toe).
b) Exhibition of Mini Project on department level. c) Making different charts for laboratory related to technical subjects.
Total 48 Learning Resources: Books: Sr. No. Title Author Publisher
1 Personality Development and soft skills Barun K. Mitra Oxford University Press
2. Entrepreneurship Rajeev Roy Oxford University Press
3 Second & Third semester subjects reference Books -- --
4 Journals and magazines – IEEE Journals, IT Technologies -- --
5 Local newspapers and events -- --
Websites:
1. http://www.oupinheonline.com 2. http://www.seminarforyou.com
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 1
MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, MUMBAI TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR POST S.S.C. DIPLOMA COURSES
COURSE NAME : DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE : IF DURATION OF COURSE : 6 SEMESTERS WITH EFFECT FROM 2012-13 SEMESTER : FOURTH DURATION : 16 WEEKS PATTERN : FULL TIME - SEMESTER SCHEME : G
SR. NO. SUBJECT TITLE Abbrevi
ation SUB
CODE
TEACHING SCHEME
EXAMINATION SCHEME SW
(17400) PAPER HRS.
TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9) TH TU PR Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
1 Environmental Studies $ EST 17401 01 -- 02 01 50#* 20 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
50
2 Computer Hardware & Maintenance β CHM 17428 03 -- 02 03 100 40 25# 10 -- -- 25@ 10
3 Data Communication & Networking DCN 17430 03 -- 02 03 100 40 25# 10 -- -- 25@ 10
4 Microprocessor and Programming β MAP 17431 03 -- 02 03 100 40 25# 10 -- -- 25@ 10
5 Object Oriented Programming β OOP 17432 03 -- 04 03 100 40 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10 6 Applied Multimedia Technology AMT 17041 -- -- 04 -- -- -- 50# 20 -- -- 50@ 20 7 Professional Practices-II β PPT 17042 -- -- 03 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20 TOTAL 13 -- 19 -- 450 -- 175 -- -- -- 225 -- 50
** Industrial Training (Optional) Examination in 5th Semester Professional Practices-III Student Contact Hours Per Week: 32 Hrs. THEORY AND PRACTICAL PERIODS OF 60 MINUTES EACH. Total Marks : 900 @- Internal Assessment, # - External Assessment, No Theory Examination, $ - Common to all branches, #* - Online Examination, β - Common to CO, CM, CD, CW Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, OR-Oral, TW- Term Work, SW- Sessional Work. ** Industrial Training (Optional) - Student can undergo Industrial Training of four weeks after fourth semester examination during summer vacation. Assessment will be done in Fifth semester under Professional Practices-III. They will be exempted from activities of Professional Practices-III of 5th Semester Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as sessional
work (SW). Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms. Code number for TH, PR, OR and TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17401 IF4 2
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering & Technology
Course Code : AE/CE/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/
ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX/FG/AU
Semester : Fourth
Subject Title : Environmental Studies
Subject Code : 17401
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
01 -- 02 01 50#* -- -- 25@ 75
#* Online Theory Examination
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale: Environment essentially comprises of our living ambience, which gives us the zest and
verve in all our activities. The turn of the twentieth century saw the gradual onset of its degradation by our callous deeds without any concern for the well being of our surrounding we are today facing a grave environmental crisis. The unceasing industrial growth and economic development of the last 300 years or so have resulted in huge ecological problems such as overexploitation of natural resources, degraded land, disappearing forests, endangered species, dangerous toxins, global warming etc.
It is therefore necessary to study environmental issues to realize how human activities affect the environment and what could be possible remedies or precautions which need to be taken to protect the environment.
The curriculum covers the aspects about environment such as Environment and Ecology, Environmental impacts on human activities, Water resources and water quality, Mineral resources and mining, Forests, etc. General Objectives: The student will be able to,
1. Understand importance of environment 2. Know key issues about environment 3. Understands the reasons for environment degradation 4. Know aspects about improvement methods 5. Know initiatives taken by the world bodies to restrict and reduce degradation
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17401 IF4 3
Learning Structure: Applications Procedure Principles Concept Fact
Awareness amongst the society, about Environmental aspects, pollution control, conservation of resources and biodiversity. Concept
of Carbon credit and its importance
Methods to find component of
force and resultant of
forces
Natural resources such
as Forest, Water, Food,
Energy
Sources, effects,
prevention
Threats, Conservation
Principle of Ecosystem,
Conservation of Natural Resources, Classification
Classification of
pollution
Conservation of
biodiversity
Environment, Ecosystem
Natural Resources
Pollution, Pollution Control
Biodiversity
Natural Resources, Biodiversity, Environmental Pollution, Carbon
Credit, Ecosystem
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17401 IF4 4
Theory:
Topic and Contents Hours Marks Topic 1: Nature of Environmental Studies Specific Objectives: Define the terms related to Environmental Studies State importance of awareness about environment in general public
Contents: Definition, Scope and Importance of the environmental studies Importance of the studies irrespective of course Need for creating public awareness about environmental issues
01 04
Topic 2: Natural Resources and Associated Problems Specific Objectives: Define natural resources and identify problems associated with
them Identify uses and their overexploitation Identify alternate resources and their importance for environment
Contents: 2.1 Renewable and Non renewable resources
Definition Associated problems
2.2 Forest Resources General description of forest resources Functions and benefits of forest resources Effects on environment due to deforestation, Timber extraction, Building of dams, waterways etc.
2.3 Water Resources Hydrosphere: Different sources of water Use and overexploitation of surface and ground water Effect of floods, draught, dams etc. on water resources and
community 2.4 Mineral Resources:
Categories of mineral resources Basics of mining activities Mine safety Effect of mining on environment
2.5 Food Resources:
Food for all Effects of modern agriculture World food problem
04 10
Topic 3. Ecosystems Concept of Ecosystem Structure and functions of ecosystem Energy flow in ecosystem Major ecosystems in the world
01 04
Topic 4. Biodiversity and Its Conservation Definition of Biodiversity Levels of biodiversity Value of biodiversity
02 06
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17401 IF4 5
Threats to biodiversity Conservation of biodiversity
Topic 5. Environmental Pollution Definition Air pollution: Definition, Classification, sources, effects,
prevention Water Pollution: Definition, Classification, sources, effects,
prevention Soil Pollution: Definition, sources, effects, prevention Noise Pollution: Definition, sources, effects, prevention
03 08
Topic 6. Social Issues and Environment Concept of development, sustainable development Water conservation, Watershed management, Rain water
harvesting: Definition, Methods and Benefits Climate Change, Global warming, Acid rain, Ozone Layer
Depletion, Nuclear Accidents and Holocaust: Basic concepts and their effect on climate
Concept of Carbon Credits and its advantages
03 10
Topic 7. Environmental Protection Brief description of the following acts and their provisions:
Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act Wildlife Protection Act Forest Conservation Act
Population Growth: Aspects, importance and effect on environment
Human Health and Human Rights
02 08
Total 16 50 Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:
1. Collection of information, data 2. Analysis of data 3. Report writing
Motor Skills:
1. Presentation Skills 2. Use of multi media
List of Projects: Note: Any one project of the following:
1. Visit to a local area to document environmental assets such as river / forest / grassland / hill / mountain
2. Visit to a local polluted site: Urban/Rural/Industrial/Agricultural 3. Study of common plants, insects, birds 4. Study of simple ecosystems of ponds, river, hill slopes etc
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17401 IF4 6
Prepare a project report on the findings of the visit illustrating environment related facts, analysis and conclusion. Also suggest remedies to improve environment. Learning Resources: Books:
Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
01 Anindita Basak Environmental Studies Pearson Education
02 R. Rajgopalan Environmental Studies from Crises to Cure Oxford University Press
03 Dr. R. J. Ranjit Daniels, Dr. Jagdish Krishnaswamy Environmental Studies Wiley India
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17428 IF4 7
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Fourth
Subject Title : Computer Hardware & Maintenance
Subject Code : 17428
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 02 03 100 25# -- 25@ 150
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale:
The aim of the subject is to teach the basic working of the computer motherboard,
peripherals and add-on cards. The subject helps the students to do the maintenance of the
Computer, peripherals and its add-on cards. The students will be able to select the proper peripheral
as per their specification and requirement. This is the core technology subject. The pre-requisite of
the subject is Microprocessor. The subject is practical oriented and will develop the debugging
skills in the students.
Objectives:
The student will be able to:
1. Debug and repair the faults in system.
2. Assemble the system.
3. Load the operating system and device drivers in the system.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17428 IF4 8
Learning Structure: Application Procedures
Principles
Concepts Facts
Understand the architecture of PC, use different techniques to troubleshoot the PC problems using preventive measures and repairing.
Learning architectural details
Motherboard, drives, formatting, latency, landing zone, HDD.
Error codes, memory package, styles and structures, memory signals, memory manager, disk manager EZ-Drive, DMI, SCSI, Video adapter etc.
AT.ATX motherboard, AGP,
PCI Port etc
Logic of components
Rules of troubleshooting
- Write everything down - Do the easy stuff first - Check for operator error - Check the software - Check external signals - Run diagnostic programs.
Repairing the different Components of PC by using different methods.
Rules of repairing
Problems of system boards, display
problems
Tools for repairing the faults, types of
tests.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17428 IF4 9
Theory: Sr. No Theory Hrs. Marks
1
Motherboard & Its Component Specific Objectives To Understand the various components of Motherboard. To Know about the different memories in PC & their usage. To Understand the selection of different components of PC.
1.1 CPU – Concept like address lines, data lines, internal registers. 1.2 Modes of operation of CPU – Real mode, IA-32 mode, IA-32
Virtual Real Mode. 1.3 Process Technologies, Dual Independent Bus Architecture, Hyper
Threading Technologies & its requirement. 1.4 Processor socket & slots. 1.5 Chipset basic, chipset Architecture, North / South bridge & Hub
Architecture. 1.6 Latest chipset for PC 1.7 Overview & features of PCI, PCI –X, PCI express, AGP bus. 1.8 Logical memory organization conventional memory, extended
memory, expanded memory. 1.9 Overview & features of SDRAM, DDR, DDR2, DDR3. 1.10 Concept of Cache memory: 1.11 L1 Cache, L2 Cache, L3 Cache, Cache Hit & Cache Miss. 1.13 BIOS – Basics & CMOS Set Up. 1.14 Motherboard Selection Criteria.
12 24
2
Storage Devices & Interfacing. Objective To understand the Recording techniques in storage devices. To understand the working of storage devices.
2.1 Recording Techniques: FM, MFM , RLL, perpendicular recording 2.2 Hard Disk construction and working. 2.3 Terms related to Hard Disk. Track, sector, cylinder, cluster, landing zone, MBR, zone recording, write pre-compensation. 2.4 Formatting: Low level, High level & partitioning. 2.5 FAT Basics: Introduction to file system, FAT 16, FAT 32, NTFS, 2.6 Hard Disk Interface: Features of IDE, SCSI, PATA, SATA, Cables & Jumpers. 2.7 CD ROM Drive: Construction, recording.(Block diagram) 2.8 DVD: Construction, Recording. (Block Diagram) 2.9 Blue-ray Disc specification.
08 24
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17428 IF4 10
3
Display Devices & Interfacing Objective To understand the construction and working of display devices
like CRT, LCD. To understand the Interfacing of above devices to PC.
3.1 CRT: - Block diagram & working of monochrome & colour Monitor 3.2 Characteristics of CRT Monitor :- DOT Pitch, Resolution, Horizontal Scanning frequency, Vertical scanning frequency, Interlaced Scanning, Non-Interfaced scanning, Aspect ratio. 3.3 LCD Monitor: - Functional Block Diagram of LCD monitor, working principle, Passive matrix, Active matrix LCD display. 3.4 Touch Screen Display – The construction and working principle 3.4 Plasma Display Technology: - Construction & working principle. 3.5 Basic Block Diagram of Video Accelerator card
06 12
4
Input and Output Devices Objective To understand the construction and working of Input /Output
Devices. To understand the Interfacing of the above peripherals.
4.1 Keyboard: Types of key switches: Membrane, Mechanical, Rubber dome, Capacitive, optoelectronic and interfacing.
4.2 Mouse: Opto-mechanical, optical ( New design) 4.3 Scanner: Flat Bed, Sheet-fed, Handheld: Block diagram of flat Bed
and specifications, OCR, TWAIN, Resolution, Interpolation. 4.4 Modem: Internal and External: Block diagram and specifications. 4.5 Printer: Printer Characteristics, Dot matrix, Inkjet, Laser: block
diagram and specifications.
06 12
5
Power Supplies Objective To understand the working of SMPS. To understand the power problems.
5.1 Block diagram and working of SMPS. 5.2 Signal description and pin-out diagram of AT and ATX connectors 5.3 Power supply characteristics: Rated wattage, Efficiency, Regulation,
Ripple, Load regulation, Line regulation. 5.4 Power problems: Blackout, Brownout, surges and spikes. 5.5 Symptoms of power problems. 5.6 Protection devices: circuit breaker, surge suppressor. 5.7 Uninterrupted Power Supply, ONline and OFFline UPS, working of
UPS: Block diagram, advantages and disadvantages, Ratings
04 08
6
Interfaces Objective To understand the ports of PC. To understand interfacing techniques of devices to ports
6.1 SCSI, SCSI cables and connectors, SCSI drive configuration. 6.2 USB features. 6.3 RS 232 : (Voltages and 9 pin description) 6.4 Centronics (interface diagram, important signals and timing
waveform) 6.5 Firewire features 6.6 Blue tooth
06 12
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17428 IF4 11
7
PC Troubleshooting, Maintenance and Tools. Objective To understand the preventive maintenance of PC To understand the diagnostic tools of PC
7.1 POST: POST sequence, Beep codes, visual display codes. 7.2 Preventive maintenance: Active, Passive, periodic maintenance
procedure. 7.3 Diagnostic Tools: logic Analyzer, logic probe. 7.4 Diagnostic software for trouble shooting PC. BGA workstation and its applications for reballing of north bridge
and south bridge
06 08
Total 48 100 PRACTICAL: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:
Understanding basic hardware of computer Fault finding of input/output devices. Troubleshooting of input/output devices Proper connection of input/output devices.
Motor Skills: Proper handling of Computer System Hardware.
List of Practical:
01. Identify and draw the motherboard layout of Intel i3 processor and understand connection and layout of the H67 or P67chipset.
02. Perform Basic Input/output System (BIOS) setting and configuration setup using Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS).
03. Format, partition and install a Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and format a pen drive. 04. Understand layout, characteristics and functions of different components of Hard Disk Drive (HDD) as a storage device. 05. Install Video Graphics Array (VGA) or Super Video Graphics Array (SVGA) display
cards. 06. Install and understand the working of printer. 07. Install and understand the working of Input/output devices such as scanner and modem. 08. Connect Switched Mode Power Supply (SMPS) and identify different parts of SMPS. Understand the working of SMPS and Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS). 09. Use diagnostic software to identify installed computer peripherals and test their working
condition. 10. Find faults related to Monitor, CPU, Hard disk, Printer and other peripherals. 11. Form a pico net using Bluetooth devices and transfer data. 12. Assemble PC and install an operating system.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17428 IF4 12
Learning Resources: Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
01 Scott Muller Upgrading & Repairing PCs Pearson
02 Mark Minasi The Complete PC Upgrade & Maintenance guide Wiley India
03 Barry Press and Maricia Press PC Upgrade and Repair Wiley India
04 Begelow Bigelow’s Troubleshooting, Maintaining & Repairing PCs Tata McGraw Hill
05 Mike Meyers Scott Jernigan Managing & Troubleshooting PCs Tata McGraw Hill
06 D.Balasubramanian Computer Installation & Servicing Tata McGraw Hill
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17430 IF4 13
Course Name : Diploma in Information Technology
Course Code : IF
Semester : Fourth
Subject Title : Data Communication & Networking
Subject Code : 17430
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 02 03 100 25# -- 25@ 150
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale:
The world in the information era has become network centric. A Computer networks has been growing with rapid technological progress. Computer communication through networking becomes essential part of our life. We can manage many application like Air Line Reservation, Railway Reservation, E-banking, E-Governance, On-Line shopping, E-learning etc. by clicking mouse button from our own place. Because of this, world become the global village. By considering importance of networking towards all aspects of our life, we here introduce basic concept of networks, network classification, network topologies, network devices, Transmission media, Network reference models, concept of TCP/IP. This knowledge explores the student for understanding current network management technology. Objectives: To develop following skills: Intellectual Skills:
Understand network & can identifying benefits of networks. Understand and describe communication media. Compare different types of Topology. Compare different types of network devices. Compare OSI and TCP/IP protocol suite. Configuration of TCP/IP
Motor Skills: 1. Able to handle Computer Network. 2. To develop a small Computer Network.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17430 IF4 14
Learning Structure:
Types of Topology
Types of Network Devices
Types of Transmission
Media Concepts
Principle of TCP/IP reference model
Principle
Procedure
Application Apply the basic principle of computer network in the application for network management, network troubleshooting, etc.
Principle of OSI reference model, Principles of Data Communications
Computer Network and
Benefits
Classification of Network
Network Features Fact
Follow step by step procedure to install TCP/IP Protocols and TCP / IP configuration.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17430 IF4 15
Theory:
CChhaapptteerr NNaammee ooff tthhee TTooppiicc Hours Marks
0011
Introduction to Data Communication and Networking OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- UUnnddeerrssttaanndd BBaassiicc CCoonncceepptt ooff DDaattaa CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonn UUnnddeerrssttaanndd AAnnaalloogg aanndd DDiiggiittaall TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn MMeetthhooddss.. DDiiffffeerreennttiiaattee bbeettwweeeenn BBaauudd rraattee aanndd BBiitt rraattee..
1.1 Introduction, Fundamental Concepts, Data Communication,
protocols, Standards, Standard organizations, Bandwidth and Data Transmission Rate.
1.2 Analog Signal, Analog Transmission, Digital Signal ,Digital Transmission, Digital Signal Analog Transmission, Baud Rate and Bits per second
1.3 Modes of Data Transmission and Multiplexing, Parallel and Serial Communication, Asynchronous, Synchronous and Isochronous Communication, Simplex, Half-Duplex, Full Duplex, Multiplexing and Demultiplexing, Types of Multiplexing: TDM, FDM , TDM Vs FDM
10 20
0022
Transmission Errors: Detection and Correction, Transmission Media and Network Topologies OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- UUnnddeerrssttaanndd EErrrroorrss aanndd EErrrroorr CCoorrrreeccttiioonn UUnnddeerrssttaanndd TTyyppeess ooff MMeeddiiaass.. UUnnddeerrssttaanndd vvaarriioouuss NNeettwwoorrkk TTooppoollooggiieess aanndd NNeettwwoorrkk CCoonnttrrooll
DDeevviicceess 2.1 Introduction, Error Classification, Types of Errors and Error
Detection 2.2 Types of Transmission Media- 1) Guided Media: Cable
Characteristics, Types of Cable-Twisted Pair Cable, Co-axial Cable, Fiber Optic Cable. 2) Unguided media: Types of Communication Band-Microwave Communication, Radio wave Communication, Satellite Communication, Infrared Communication.
2.3 Introduction IEEE Standards for LAN,MAN and WAN 802.1, 802.2, 802.3, 802.4, 802.5, 802.11
2.4 Latest Technologies in Wireless Network-Bluetooth Architecture, Wi-Fi, Wi- Max
2.5 Cellular (Mobile) Telephone - Band in Cellular Telephony, Calls using Mobile Phones, Transmitting receiving / Handoff operations
2.6 Network Topologies, Switching: Packet , Circuit 2.7 Introduction Star, Ring, Tree, Bus, Mesh, Hybrid, Basics of
Switching, Router.
12 22
0033
OOSSII MMooddeell,, LLAANN,,WWAANN,,MMAANN,, MMAACC SSuubbllaayyeerr OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- UUnnddeerrssttaanndd OOSSII MMooddeell UUnnddeerrssttaanndd LLAANN//WWAANN//MMAANN
33..11 Introduction– Layered Architecture , Peer-to- Peer Processes- Interfaces between Layer, Protocols, Organization of the Layers, Encapsulation.
10 22
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17430 IF4 16
33..22 Layers of the OSI Reference Model (Functions of each Layer & Protocols used) – Physical Layer, Data-Link Layer, Network Layer, Transport Layer, Session Layer, Presentation Layer, Application Layer.
33..33 LLAANN,, EEtthheerrnneett,, VViirrttuuaall LLAANN,, FFaasstt aanndd GGiiggaabbiitt EEtthheerrnneett,, TTookkeenn RRiinngg,, FFDDDDII,, CCoommppaarriissoonn ooff EEtthheerrnneett,,TTookkeenn RRiinngg FFDDDDII,, MMAANN,, DDiissttrriibbuutteedd QQuueeuuee DDuuaall BBuuss,, SSMMDDSS,, WWAANN aanndd iittss aarrcchhiitteeccttuurree,, WWAANN ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn MMeecchhaanniissmm,, WWAANN AAddddrreessssiinngg..
0044
Internetworking Concepts, Devices, Internet Basics , History And Architecture OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- UUnnddeerrssttaanndd IInntteerrnneettwwoorrkkiinngg aanndd IIssssuueess UUnnddeerrssttaanndd IInntteerrnneettwwoorrkkiinngg IIssssuueess UUnnddeerrssttaanndd tthhee ccoonncceepptt ooff IISSPP
44..11 Introduction–Why Internetworking, Problems in Internetworking, Dealing with Incompatibility, Vistual Network, Internetworking Devices, Repeaters, Bridges, Routers, Gateways
44..22 Brief History of Internet, Growth of Internet, Internet Topology, Internal Architecture of ISP.
44..33 Ways of Accessing the Internet : Introduction, Dial Up access for an Individual User, Leased Lines, DSL and Cable Modems
08 18
0055
TCP/IP, ARP, RARP and ICMP, TCP vs UDP , DNS, Email , FTP 5.1 Introduction, TCP/IP Basics, Why IP addresses, Logical
Addresses, Concept of IP Address and IP datagram Packet, ARP, RARP, ICMP, Data Fragmentation and Reassembly, Comparison of OSI and TCP/IP Protocol Suites.
5.2 TCP and UDP :Introduction, TCP Basics, Features of TCP, Relationship between TCP and IP, Ports and Sockets, Connections, TCP Connections, Packet Format, Persistent TCP Connection, UDP and UDP Packet .
5.3 Introduction DNS, TCP,FTP TFTP
08 18
Total 48 100 List of Practical:
Sr. No. Title of Experiment No. of Hours
1 To observe Components of Network in your Computer Network Lab. 02
2 To understand Transmission Media and Network Control devices. 04
3 To Prepare a Straight Cable and Network Cross over Cable and test by Line Tester. 04
4 To Connect Computers in Star Topology using Wired Media and any Network control Device. 02
5 To Install Network Interface Card to locate MAC address of Computer. 02
6 To Configure Peer-to-Peer Network. 02
7 To Share Printer and Folder in Network. 04
8 To Install TCP/IP Protocols (version 4 and /version 6) and configure advanced TCP/IP Protocols. Install Wireshark software and configure as a 04
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17430 IF4 17
packet sniffer.
9 To Run Basic TCP/IP Utilities and Networking commands with all options (Ping,Ping ::1, ipconfig, Tracert, Netstat, Wireshark, ARP, NBTSTAT.EXE, WINIPCFG.EXE),
04
10 Capture TCP, UDP, IP, ARP, ICMP, Telnet, FTP packets using Wireshark packet sniffer software and verify header fields. 04
Learning Resources: Books:
Sr. No. Title Author Publisher
1 Data Communications and Networks Achyut S. Godbole Tata McGraw Hill
2 Data Communications and Networking (Forth Edition) Behrouz A. Forouzan Tata McGraw Hill
3 Complete Reference Networking Craig Zacker Tata McGraw Hill
4 Computer Networking Tularam M Bansod Dreamtech, Wiley
5 Networking + Certification (Second Edition) Microsoft Press PHI(Prentice-Hall of India
Private Limited) 6 Computer Network by Andrew S. Tanenbaum Pearson
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17431 IF4 18
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Fourth
Subject Title : Microprocessor and Programming
Subject Code : 17431
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 02 03 100 25# -- 25@ 150
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale:
Microprocessor is brain of computer. Intel family is widely used all over the world. 8085 is
the 8-bit CPU and 8086 is the 16-bit CPU. 8086 is the base of all upward developed processors. It
is more powerful and efficient computing machine. It overcomes all major limitations of the
previous processors. It is able to get interfaced with 8-bit, 16-bit systems. IBM PC is introduced in
1980 with 10MB hard disk, one double side double density floppy disk drive, KBD, monitor and
asynchronous communications adapter.
This subject covers Basics of 8085, architecture of 8086 along instruction set. It also covers
assembly language programming with effective use of procedure and macros. This will act as base
for the advanced assembly language programming for next generation microprocessors.
General objectives:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the execution of instructions in pipelining and address generation.
2. Write syntax of given instructions.
3. Apply instructions in Assembly Language Program for different problem statements.
4. Use the procedures and macros in assembly language programming.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17431 IF4 19
Learning Structure: Applications Procedures Principles Concepts Facts
Enable students to design 8086 based Assembly Language Programs and efficient Assembly Language Program using procedures and macros.
8086 Microprocessor
Operations
Coding, assembling, syntax error removal
Debugging, logical error removal,
execution of program
Principle of digital design
Principle of writing Statements
Assembler, Linker, Debugger, Editor Addressing modes
Software instruction syntax rules, logic
development
Microprocessor, Signals, Registers, Buses, Stack, Memory
Hardware
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17431 IF4 20
Theory
Name of Topics Hours MarksTopic 1: Basics of Microprocessor Specific Objective: Students will be able to Draw the architecture of 8085 Define the functions of different pins of 8085 Identify status of different flags
1.1 Evolution of Microprocessor and types 1.2 8085 Microprocessor,
Salient features Pin description, Architecture of 8085 - Functional Block diagram, Register organization,
04 08
Topic 2 :16 Bit Microprocessor: 8086 Specific Objective: Students will be able to Define the functions of different pins Draw functional block diagram of 8086 Understand the operating modes of 8086
2.1 8086 Microprocessor, Salient features Pin descriptions Architecture of 8086 - Functional Block diagram Register organization, Concepts of pipelining, Memory segmentation Physical memory addresses generation.
2.2 Operating Modes of 8086 8284 Clock Generator 8288 Bus Controller 74LS245 Bi-directional Buffer 74LS373 Octal Latch Minimum Mode operation and its timing diagram Maximum Mode operation and its timing diagram
12 24
Topic 3 : Instruction Set of 8086 Microprocessor Specific Objective: Students will be able to Understand the different types of instructions Identify the addressing modes of instructions State the operation of an instructions
3.1 Machine Language Instruction format, addressing modes 3.2 Instruction set, Groups of Instructions
Arithmetic Instructions Logical Instructions Data transfer instructions Bit manipulation instructions String Operation Instructions, Program control transfer or branching Instructions Process control Instructions
10 20
Topic 4 :The Art of Assembly Language Programming 04 08
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17431 IF4 21
Specific Objective: Students will be able to Know the program development steps Use the different program development tools Illustrate the functions of assembler directive and operators
4.1 Program development steps Defining problem, Writing Algorithms Flowchart Initialization checklist Choosing instructions Converting algorithms to assembly language programs.
4.2 Assembly Language Programming Tools Editors Assembler Linker Debugger.
4.3 Assembler directives and Operators Topic 5: 8086 Assembly Language Programming. Specific Objective: Students will be able to Write a appropriate programs using editor Run program using assembler and linker Debug program using debugger
5.1 Model of 8086 assembly language programs 5.2 Programming using assembler -
Arithmetic operations on Hex and BCD numbers - Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division
Sum of Series Smallest and Largest numbers from array Sorting numbers in Ascending and Descending order Finding ODD/EVEN numbers in the array Finding Positive and Negative Numbers in array Block transfer String Operations - Length, Reverse, Compare, Concatenation, Copy Count Numbers of ‘1’ and ‘0’ in 8/16 bit number BCD to Hex and Hex to BCD number conversion
12 24
Topic 6 : Procedure and Macro in Assembly Language Program Specific Objective: Students will be able to Understand the purpose of procedure and macros Use procedure and macros
6.1 Procedure Defining Procedure - Directives used, FAR and NEAR CALL and RET instructions. Reentrant and Recursive procedures. Assembly Language Programs using Procedure
6.2 Defining Macros. Assembly Language Programs using Macros.
06 16
Total 48 100
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17431 IF4 22
Skills to be developed: Intellectual skills:
Use of programming language constructs in program implementation. To be able to apply different logics to solve given problem. To be able to write program using different implementations for the same problem Study different types of errors as syntax semantic, fatal, linker & logical Debugging of programs Understanding different steps to develop program such as
Problem definition Analysis Design of logic Coding Testing Maintenance (Modifications, error corrections, making changes etc.)
Motor skills:
Proper handling of Computer System. Practicals: List of Practical:
1. Identify the Assembly Language programming tools like Assembler, linker, debugger, editor.
2. Write an Assembly Language Program to add / subtract two 16 bit numbers. 3. Write an ALP to find sum of series of numbers. 4. Write an ALP to multiply two 16 bit unsigned/ signed numbers. 5. Write an ALP to divide two unsigned/ signed numbers (32/16 , 16/8, 16/16, 8/8 ) 6. Write an ALP to add / Sub / multiply / Divide two BCD numbers. 7. Write an ALP to find smallest/ largest number from array of n numbers. 8. Write an ALP to arrange numbers in array in ascending/ descending order. 9. Write an ALP to perform block transfer data using string instructions / without using string
instructions. 10. Write an ALP to compare two strings using string instructions / without using string
instructions. 11. Write an ALP to display string in reverse order, string length, Concatenation of two strings. 12. Write an ALP to convert Hex to Decimal, Decimal to Hex.
Learning Resources 1. Books
Sr. No. Name of Book Author Publication
1. Microprocessor & interfacing (programming & hardware) Revised Second Edition
Douglas V. Hall
Tata McGraw Hill
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17431 IF4 23
2. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with the 8085
Ramesh S. Gaonkar Penram International Publishing (India)
3. The 8088 and 8086 Microprocessors Walter A. Triebel, Avtar Singh Pearson Publications
4. The 8086.8088 Family, Design, Programming, and Interfacing John Uffenback PHI
2. Websites:
www.intel.com www.pcguide.com/ref/CPU www.CPU-World.com/Arch/ www.techsource .com / engineering- parts/microprocessor.html
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17432 IF4 24
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Fourth
Subject Title : Object Oriented Programming
Subject Code : 17432
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 04 03 100 50# -- 25@ 175
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale:
The ability to organize & process information is key to success in modern age. Object
Oriented Programming has become the most preferred approach for software projects. It offers a
new and powerful way to cope up with complexity of real world problems. Among the OOP
languages available, C++ is one of the most widely used language.
Instead of viewing program as a series of steps to be carried out, OOP approach views it as
a group of objects that have certain properties & can take appropriate actions.
Object Oriented Concepts like inheritance, polymorphism, data abstraction and
encapsulation etc. requires knowledge of C++, which also acting as base for programming
languages like Java, Object Oriented Modeling & Designing (OOMD), VC++.
Objectives:
To develop following skills:
Intellectual Skills:
1. Understand the concepts of OOP.
2. Implement programs based on OOP concepts.
3. Understand basic fundamentals of C++.
4. Develop small software applications using C++.
Motor Skills:
1. Proper Handling of Computer System.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17432 IF4 25
Learning Structure:
Application
Procedures
Concepts Facts
Develop any Software Application using C++
Coding
Execution of
Program
Debugging
(Error Removing)
OOP Features
Syntax Rules Semantics Rules
Logic Development
Operators, Keywords, Input Expressions, Output Expressions
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17432 IF4 26
Theory: Topic
No Contents Hours Marks
1
Principles of Object Oriented Programming Objectives: State OOP’s basic Concepts. Difference between OOP & POP. C++ Programming structure.
1.1 Its need & requirement, Procedure Oriented Programming (POP) verses Object Oriented Programming (OOP), Basic concepts of Object Oriented Programming, Object Oriented Languages, Applications of OOP.
1.2 Beginning with C++: What is C++? , keywords, variables, constants basic data types, operators, scope resolution operator, memory management operators, console input/output, structure of C++ program.
06 12
2
Classes & Objects: Objectives: Defining classes & objects. Declaring & using static data member & static member
function, friend function. Programs based on classes & objects.
2.1 Structures in C++. 2.2 Class & Object: Introduction, specifying a class, access specifies,
defining member functions, creating Objects, memory allocations for objects.
2.3 Array of Objects, Object as function arguments. 2.4 Static data members, static member function, friend Function
08
20
3
Constructors & Destructors Objectives: State Concepts of constructor & destructor, types of
constructor. Programs based on constructor & destructors
3.1 Concepts of Constructors, Types of constructors: Default, Parameterized, Copy. 3.2 Overloaded Constructors :Multiple Constructors in a Class, Constructors with default arguments. 3.3 Destructors.
08 14
4
Inheritance: Concept of Reusability Objectives: Concept of Inheritance & its types. Types of Visibility modes. Programs based on Inheritance.
4.1 Introduction, defining a derived class, visibility modes & effects. 4.2 Types of Inheritance : Single, multilevel, multiple, hierarchical, hybrid 4.3 Virtual base class, abstract class, constructors in derived class.
08 20
5
Pointers in C++ Objectives: Declare Pointer & Pointer arithmetic. Pointer to Arrays, string & Object.
10 18
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17432 IF4 27
“this” pointer concept. 5.1 Concepts of Pointer: Pointer declaration, Pointer operator, address operator, Pointer arithmetic. 5.2 Pointer to Array: Searching, Insertion, deletion 5.3 Pointer to String: Searching, finding length, comparisons, concatenation, reverse 5.4 Pointer to Object: Pointer to Object, this pointer, Pointer to derived class.
6
Polymorphism Objectives: Polymorphism concept & its types. Program for overloading operators & functions.
6.1 Introduction, Types of polymorphism: Compile time, Run time 6.2 Compile time Polymorphism: Function overloading, operator
overloading: Overloading unary and binary operators, Rules for operator overloading.
6.3 Run time polymorphism: Virtual functions, rules for virtual functions, pure virtual function.
08 16
Total 48 100 List of Practical:
Sr. No. Title of Experiment
1 Write a program to Input & Output data for exchanging values of two variables.
2 Develop a program to declare a class ‘person’ having data members name, age & salary. Accept and display this data for one object.
3 Write a program to declare a class ‘employee’ having data members name and age. Accept and display the data for three objects.
4 Write a program to show how static member is shared by multiple objects of the same class.
5 Develop a program to find out the mean value of a given number using friend function.
6 Develop a program to print student details of ‘stud’ class using constructor and destructor
7 Write a program to find prime number using default argument in constructor
8 Write a program to find out the payroll system using single level inheritance.
9 A. Write a program to find student details using multiple inheritance. B. Write a program to compute total marks of student using virtual base class.
10 Write a program to evaluate the largest number of an array using pointer
11 Write a program to search a character in a string using pointer.
12 Write a program to input and display code and price for two items using pointer to object.
13 Write a program to display roll_no and name of student using ‘this’ pointer.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17432 IF4 28
14 Write a program to using function overloading to calculate volume of cube, cylinder & rectangular box
15 Write a program to overload unary ‘--‘ operator
16 Write a program to display the output using the virtual function. Learning Resources:
1. Books:
2. CDs, PPTs Etc.:
www.vikaspublishing.com/teachermanual.aspx (PPTs available)
www.pearsoned.co.in/prc (After Registration resources are available)
3. Websites:
www.cplusplus.com
www.learncpp.com
www.sourcecodesworld.com
www.softeam.com
Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
1 E. Balagurusamy Object oriented Programming with C++ Mc Graw Hill
2 Rajesh K. Shukla Object oriented Programming in C++ Wiley India
3 B. M. Harwani C++ for Beginners SPD
4 Robert Lafore Object Oriented Programming in C++ (4th edition) Pearson
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17041 IF4 29
Course Name : Diploma in Information Technology
Course Code : IF
Semester : Fourth
Subject Title : Applied Multimedia Technology
Subject Code : 17041
Teaching and Examination Scheme
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
-- -- 04 -- -- 50# -- 50@ 100
Rationale:
Technology moves on a tremendous pace. In modern society, multimedia technology deals
with developments in communication, internet, hardware technologies and tools.
The contents of this subject portray the present and future developments in the area of multimedia.
It is a practical oriented subject which provides the students an insight into various fonts,
basic shapes, images, audio formats, video formats, animation controls and tools.
General Objectives:
Students will be able to
To know multimedia fundamentals and multimedia architecture.
To understand need of data compression and various compression techniques.
To know concepts of text, image, audio, video and animation
To use multimedia tool-Flash, Adobe, Dreamweaver
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17041 IF4 30
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17041 IF4 31
Learning Structure:
Application Procedure Principle
Concepts Facts
Development of animated multimedia object to create movie
Tools & Control audio & video for animation & multimedia
File formats RIFF, DCT, TIFF, RTF
Fonts & Alignment Colors
Coloring & Editing Image
Synchronisation, Compression &
Compression
Text
Image
Modulation of Audio - Video
Alphabets Numbers
Symbols
Audio - Video
Pixels, Basic,
Shapes
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17041 IF4 32
Content:
Note: Contents of theory should be taught in practical period with the help of LCD projector.
Sr. No. Activity Hours
1
Introduction to Flash Introduction to Multimedia tool – Flash Creating & Modifying elements Line tool, fill/attributes, different shapes, text tools & pen tool
Activity: Selecting lines fill with arrow tool, selecting shapes, using lasso tool performing basic editing tools, selecting & deselecting elements, modifying created objects.
04
2
Dream weaver and Firework Activity:
To set up website in Dreamweaver. To create content using Microsoft Word. To copy content from Word and paste in web page. To create CSS DIV to hold navigation index. To create page navigation index. To link page index to page content using anchors.
03
3
Theory: compression and Decompression Need , Types , Evaluating & Visibility Evaluating the Compression System, Types of compression , Need of Data Compression Color Gray Scale and Still Video Image Color Characteristics Color Model
Activity: Find answers through software and try to incorporate in the practicals
How much Compression require? How Good is Picture, How fast Does it Compress or Decompress, What is effect of hardware on the multimedia application development? Does it take, Redundancy & Usability in consideration?
03
4 Theory: Jpeg Architecture. Formats Activity: Use theory concepts in the practicals
02
5 Theory: Mpeg architecture and File format
MPEG-objectives, Architecture, BIT stream syntax performance MPEG2 & MPEG4
02
6
Theory: Revision of Basic tag , Cascaded , Inline and Embedded style , Javascript for Client side validation like Blank check , String check for name, Numeric check for telephone number , validate email address , date of birth Activity: Construction of website using text , picture/Graphics / Audio /Video using flash, HTML, DHMTL, CSS, Scripts
02
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17041 IF4 33
Intellectual skills: To create and edit images using image editing software To create animation, build and play movie To integrate Audio and Video To integrate Multimedia in web page
Motor Skills: Proper handling of computer system with multimedia system List of Practical:
Sr. No Name Practical Hours1 Design an Advertisement in Flash 2
2 Implement C/VB program to Read BMP , Jpeg , GIF image and display 2
3 Write program for Small Website college, Mall, School , Theatre etc. which include basic components 2
4 Create multimedia database for student ID card preparation ie. storage image in data base 2
5 Edit the sample movie clip using Adobe premiere software 2 6 Design a game/application in flash 2
7 Implement Calculator and Media Player with voice control: Button, Label ,Text box control of VB, How use OCX control in VB , Mediaplayer, DirectSS and Direct SR component of VB.
2
8 Implement C/VB program to Display color, height, width, resolution ,and other such tag value of Different image formats 2
Learning Resources:
Sr. No. Author Title Publisher 1 Chris Grover Flash CS6: The Missing Manual Shroff Publisher
2 Ze-Nian Li, Mark S. Drew Fundamentals of Multimedia PHI
3 David sawyer Dreamweaver CS6:The Missing Manual Shroff Publisher
Weblinks: 1) www.mediacollege.com/adobe/premiere/pro/ 2) www.echoecho.com/flash.htm
Equipment List/ Tools:-
Hardware Tools:- 1) Computer System (Pentium-IV or Higher Version). 2) LCD Projector.
Software Tool:-1) Flash 2) Dreamweaver 3) Adobe Premiere (video editing software)
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17042 IF4 34
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Fourth
Subject Title : Professional Practices-II
Subject Code : 17042
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
-- -- 03 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50
Rationale:
Our world is witnessing a measure change in communication pattern with expansion of
industrial sphere, as industries demanding more competitive and challenging students.
To create multicultural working professionals, student must have positive attitude,
confidence, and ability to communicate in addition to basic technological skill.
The purpose of introducing professional practices is to provide opportunity to diploma
holder to undergo activities which will enable them to develop confidence. The semester is planned
with expert lectures, seminar on technical topics and soft skills, group discussion along with mini
project.
Objectives:
Intellectual Skills:
Students should be able to:
1. Acquire the knowledge from different resources.
2. Present a given topic effectively in a seminar and build a stage-daring.
3. Interact with colleague through group discussion.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17042 IF4 35
Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principle Concept Fact
Search information on internet, journals,
and books
Information, Seminar, Group Discussion, Project and Guest Lecture.
To manage and present information effectively, build stage daring, working with team members and execute project successfully.
Use of power point for presentation, observing
group discussion
Identify guest lectures from industry,
professional consultancy
Use of appropriate styles, key word
phrases
Group formation, mechanism, time
allocation techniques
Principles of coding, use of GUI, menus and
login controls
Organizing data, report
Initiating communication,
leadership
Converting ideas into output, modeling,
designing
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17042 IF4 36
Contents: Activity Name of Activity Hours
1
Lectures by professional, industrial experts to be organized from following or any other suitable technical areas. [Any two]: -
1. Advanced technical writing skill 2. SAP modules and career. 3. Career trends in computer / IT field 4. Intelligent computer system. 5. Advanced trends in hardware technology. 6. Advanced programming languages in IT field. 7. Introduction to Apprenticeship Training Scheme
04
2
Information search: - Form group of 6 students. Information should be collected from internet, news papers, journals, book etc. Each student should submit write-up about 8-10 pages from following allocated topic or any other suitable topic suggested by teacher.
1. Human machine interface 2. Dynamic languages 3. Robotic surgery 4. Virtual keyboard 5. Wireless USB 6. Concept of cloud computing 7. Bubble sensing 8. Blu – ray disc 9. Or any other suitable topic
06
3
Seminar: - Form a group of 6 students and deliver seminar on any one of the following technical topic or any other suitable subject topic suggested by teacher for 10 minutes. seminar should be presented in power point presentation. Students should draw notes about 8-10 pages on respected topic.
1. Trouble shooting methods for various computer peripherals. 2. Viruses / antivirus and firewalls [checkpoints] 3. Protocols suits: - SLIP and PPP, ARP, IP- V6, ICMP-V6, TCP &
UDP [each protocol may be separate topic]. 4. Stream classes in C++. 5. Exception handling in C++. 6. Pointers in C++. 7. Interrupts useful for microprocessor programming. 8. Or any other suitable topic.
16
4
Group discussion: - Form a group of 6 students. Teacher should allocate a topic from the following list or any other suggested topic and do the group discussion for 10 minutes.
1. Is china a threat to the Indian software industry? 2. Education is only business in these days. 3. Is male and female equal in all aspects? 4. Opinion about reservation in education sector. 5. Boom in retail sector? 6. Whether software is dominant over hardware or vice-versa?
12
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17042 IF4 37
7. Or any other topic.
5
Mini projects / activities: - Form a group of 6 students. Teacher should allocate a topic for mini project from the following topics or any other suggest topic and develop the mini project.
1. Web site development system. 2. Database management system project 3. Animation project using C and C++. 4. System project using front end and back end. 5. Game designing. 6. Assembly of computer system and installation of application
software.
10
TOTAL 48 Learning Resources: 1. Books: Sr. No. Title
1. Fourth semester subjects reference books 2. Journals and magazines – IEEE Journals, IT technologies. 3. Local news papers and events
4. Apprenticeship Training Scheme :- Compiled By – BOAT (Western Region), Mumbai, Available on MSBTE Web Site.
2. Websites:
1. http://www.wikipedia.com 2. http://www.seminarforyou.com
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 38
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering & Technology
Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/
ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX/FG
Industrial Training (Optional) after 4th semester examination.
Note:- Examination in Professional Practices of 5th Semester.
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING (OPTIONAL)
Rational:-
There was a common suggestion from the industry as well as other stakeholders that curriculum of Engineering and Technology courses should have Industrial training as part of the curriculum. When this issue of industrial training was discussed it was found that it will be difficult to make industrial training compulsory for all students of all courses as it will be difficult to find placement for all the students. It is therefore now proposed that this training can be included in the curriculum as optional training for student who is willing to undertake such training on their own. The institutes will help them in getting placement or also providing them requisite documents which the student may need to get the placement.
Details:- Student can undergo training in related industries as guided by subject teachers / HOD.
The training will be for four weeks duration in the summer vacation after the fourth semester examination is over.
The student undergoing such training will have to submit a report of the training duly certified by the competent authority from the industry clearly indicating the achievements of the student during training. This submission is to be made after joining the institute for Fifth semester.
The student completing this training will have to deliver a seminar on the training activities based on the report in the subject Professional Practices at Fifth Semester.
The student undergoing this training will be exempted from attending activities under Professional Practices at Fifth semester except the seminar.
The students who will not undergo such training will have to attend Professional Practices Classes/activities of fifth semester and will have to complete the tasks given during the semester under this head.
There work will be evaluated on their submissions as per requirement and will be given marks out of 50. Or student may have to give seminar on training in Industry he attended.
Institute shall encourage and guide students for Industry training.
Evaluation:- Report of Training attended and delivery of seminar and actual experience in Industry will be evaluated in fifth semester under Profession Practices-III and marks will be given accordingly out of 50.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 1
MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, MUMBAI TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR POST S.S.C. DIPLOMA COURSES
COURSE NAME : DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE : IF DURATION OF COURSE : 6 SEMESTERS WITH EFFECT FROM 2012-13 SEMESTER : FIFTH DURATION : 16 WEEKS PATTERN : FULL TIME - SEMESTER SCHEME : G
SR. NO SUBJECT TITLE Abbrevi
ation SUB
CODE
TEACHING SCHEME
EXAMINATION SCHEME SW (17500) PAPER
HRS. TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9)
TH TU PR Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
50
1 Operating System β OSY 17512 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10 2 Software Engineering β SEN 17513 03 -- -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 Information Security ISE 17518 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10 4 Java Programming β JPR 17515 03 -- 04 03 100 40 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10 5 Communication Technology CTE 17519 03 -- 02 03 100 40 25# 10 -- -- 25@ 10 6 Behavioural Science $ BSC 17075 01 -- 02 -- -- -- -- -- 25# 10 25@ 10
7 Network Management and Administration β NMA 17061 01 -- 04 -- -- -- 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10
8 Professional Practices - III / Industrial Training (Optional)** β PPT 17062 -- -- 02 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20
TOTAL 17 -- 18 -- 500 -- 125 -- 25 -- 200 -- 50 Student Contact Hours Per Week: 35 Hrs. THEORY AND PRACTICAL PERIODS OF 60 MINUTES EACH. Total Marks : 900 @- Internal Assessment, # - External Assessment, No Theory Examination, $ - Common to all branches, #* Online Examination, β - Common to CO, CM, CW, CD ** Students who have done Industrial Training of four week after fourth semester examination during summer vacation will be exempted from some of the activities of Professional Practices-III of fifth Semester and Assessment of Industrial raining will be done in fifth semester under Professional Practices-III Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, OR-Oral, TW- Term Work, SW- Sessional Work. Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as
sessional work (SW). Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms. Code number for TH, PR, OR and TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17512IF5 2
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Fifth for CO/CM/CW/IF and Sixth for CD
Subject Title : Operating System
Subject Code : 17512
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale:
Operating system is the software that makes a computers system operational. It is an interface between the human and machine. It drives all the hardware parts of the computer and is the first piece of software to run on the machine when the system boots. OS is a core technology subject, the knowledge of which is mandatory for every user. If familiarizes a learner with the OS concepts, structure internal functionality and services and resource sharing. It will help a learner with OS design concepts. This subject will give a learner an overview of UNIX / LINUX OS. General Objectives: To develop following skills: Intellectual skills:
1. Learn the various milestones in the history of Operating Systems and various Generations of computers as well as the modern trends in Operating Systems.
2. Understand the kernel architectures, the functions of operating systems and the use of system calls.
3. Understand the concept of processes, multiprogramming, Process Control Blocks, context switching.
4. Learn about the scheduler and implement various scheduling algorithms. 5. Understand about Deadlocks, Inter-process communications. 6. Learn about Memory Management and File Management techniques of the OS. 7. Understand the structure and file system structure of Unix OS. 8. Use UNIX commands, vi editor and file utilities and write shell scripts.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17512IF5 3
Theory: Topic No. Contents Hours Marks
01
Introduction: Objectives: Distinguish between various generation of computer. Classify different types of operating system.
1.1 Operating System - Evaluation, Generations 1st, 2nd, 3rd 1.2 Different Types of Operating systems- Batch operating system,
Multi Programmed, Multitasking, Time Shared OS. Multiprocessor Systems, Distributed Systems, Cluster Systems, Real time systems.
04 12
02
Operating System Structures: Objectives: State services & functions of Operating Systems. Use system calls Distinguish between different kernel architecture.
2.1 Different Services of Operating System. 2.2 System Calls- Concept, Types and Uses 2.3 Simple Structure, Layered, Monolithic, Microkernel. 2.4 Components activities- Process Management, Main Memory
Management, File Management, I/O System management, Secondary storage management.
08 18
03
Process Management : Objectives: Describe Process, process scheduling, schedulers. Describe inter-process communication & synchronization. Describe critical section problem & solution to ensure the
consistency of shared data Describe multithreading models.
3.1 Process-Concept, process states, Process Control Block. 3.2 Process Scheduling- Scheduling Queues, Schedulers, Context
switch. 3.3 Inter-process communication- Introduction, shared memory system
& message passing system, critical section problem, semaphores. 3.4 Threads - Benefits, users and kernel threads, Multithreading
Models - Many to One, One to One, Many to Many.
10 22
04
Scheduling : Objectives: Describe CPU scheduling. Describe various CPU-scheduling algorithms. Solve problems based on them. Describe deadlock and its algorithm.
4.1 Scheduling & its types - Objectives, concept, CPU and I/O burst cycles, Pre-emptive, Non- Pre-emptive Scheduling, Scheduling criteria.
4.2 Types of Scheduling algorithms - First come first served (FCFS), Shortest Job First (SJF), Shortest Remaining Time(SRTN), Round Robin (RR) Priority scheduling, multilevel queue scheduling
4.3 Deadlock - System Models, Necessary Conditions leading to Deadlocks, Deadlock Handling - Preventions, avoidance, Banker’s
10 20
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17512IF5 4
algorithm
05
File System and Memory Management : Objectives: Distinguish between memory allocation methods Distinguish between various file access methods. Describe files, file attributes and file structure.
5.1 Basic Memory Management - Partitioning, Fixed and Variable, Free Space management Techniques - Bitmap, Linked List.
5.2 Virtual Memory – Concept, Segmentation, Paging, Page table, Page fault.
5.3 File – Concepts, Attributes Operations, Types, and File System Structure.
5.4 Access Methods – Sequential, Direct, Swapping, File Allocation Methods- Contiguous, Linked, Indexed.
5.5 Directory Structure – Single level, Two levels.
10 20
06
UNIX : A Case Study Objectives: Draw system structure and file system structure of UNIX Distinguish between UNIX and LINUX system
Introduction, Overview of UNIX, Structure of UNIX OS, Booting, File System Of UNIX, UNIX and LINUX Comparison.
06 08
Total 48 100 List of Practical:
1. Understand concept structure of Operating System. 2. Implement the general purpose commands 3. Implement the radix interchange sort algorithm using ‘C’ 4. Implement address calculation sort algorithm using ‘C’ 5. Implement program for generating symbol table using ‘C’. 6. Explore macro for a single pass assembles. 7. Explore compile & go loader. 8. Implement program to read & print its type using Lex. 9. Implement program for code generator using Lex / Yacc. 10. Implement a program for identifying Loop invariant using Lex / Yacc. 11. Implement a program to parse input to check that if belongs to given syntax of language
using Lex. Learning Recourses: 1. Books:
Sr. No Book Title Author Publication
01 Operating System Concepts-VIIIth Edition Silberschatz Galvin John Wiley and Sons
02 Operating System Achyut S. Godbole Tata McGraw Hill
03 Operating System William Stallings Pearson
04 Modern Operating systems Andrew tanenbaum-3rd edition PHI
05 Unix Concept and Programming Sumitabha Das Tata McGraw Hill
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17512IF5 5
06 UNIX Programming Kumar Saurabh Wiley India
2. Websites:
1. cs.wisc.edu/~ bart/537 lecture notes-University of Wisconsin Madison. 2. www.cs.kent.edu/osf o3/notes/index.html- Vilinius Gediminas Technical University 3. http://www.howstuffworks.com/operating-system1.htm 4. www.computerhope.com/jargon/o/os.htm 5. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Operating system
Demo lectures with power point presentations using LCD projector should be arranged to develop programming concepts of students.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17513 IF5 6
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Fifth for CO/CM/CW/IF and Sixth for CD
Subject Title : Software Engineering
Subject Code : 17513
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale:
Today, Computer Software is the most important technology on the world stage. Software Engineering is the basis for Software development. Software Engineering helps pave a path towards easier, faster, and less expensive methods to build and maintain high quality softwares.
Software Engineering is about imagination and creativity, the process of creating something apparently tangible from nothing. It presents a framework for the Software Engineers that provides a road-map for building high quality software products, within time and cost constraints. This Subject helps the students to wonderfully blend the knowledge they have acquired from the First Semester to the Fifth Semester into a practically feasible creative concept. The students will then be able to convert this creative concept/idea into commercially viable product in the Sixth Semester under the head Industrial Project. Objectives: To develop following skills: Intellectual Skills:
1. To develop awareness about the concepts of Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC). 2. To develop scientific and engineering approach towards software product development. 3. To develop both, the technical skills as well as managerial skills needed for software
development. 4. Understand to conceive, plan, design, develop, and deploy software projects. 5. To be able to implement new ideas into real product.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17513 IF5 7
Learning Structure:
Application
Procedures
Principles
Concepts
Facts
Design and develop a software product using appropriate methods and tools according to the Application Domain and target users.
Software Development - Requirements Engg. - Analysis Modeling - Design Modeling - Coding - Testing and Debugging - Deployment
Software Management
- Project Scheduling - Project Tracking - Risk Management - Software Configuration
Management - Software Quality Assurance
Software Development - Software Process Models - Core Engineering
Principles - Communication Principles - Planning Principles - Coding and Testing
Principles - Deployment Principles
Software Management
- The CMMI Model - Six Sigma Standard ‐ ISO Standard
Software Product Development - Software Product - User Specifications - Software Engg. - Design Concepts - Application Domain - Test - Cases - Technical Domain - Test - Data - Customers/end-users/ Stakeholders - SRS
Software Project Management
- Project schedule/ calendar - Risk - Software Configuration - SQA - Statistical SQA - Software size and cost
Basic programming logic, Software, Hardware, Database, Program Representation - Algorithm and Flowchart
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17513 IF5 8
Contents: Theory CChhaapptteerr Name of the Topic Hours Marks
0011
OOvveerrvviieeww OOff SSooffttwwaarree EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg AAnndd TThhee SSooffttwwaarree DDeevveellooppmmeenntt PPrroocceessss OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd mmeeaanniinngg ooff SSooffttwwaarree aanndd tthhee ttyyppeess ooff
SSooffttwwaarree.. TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd tthhee SSooffttwwaarree EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg aapppprrooaacchh aanndd iittss
nneeeedd TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd rroollee ooff aa ssooffttwwaarree pprroocceessss aanndd aa pprroocceessss
mmooddeell iinn aa ssooffttwwaarree pprroojjeecctt.. TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd vvaarriioouuss aaccttiivviittiieess iinn tthhee SSooffttwwaarree PPrroocceessss.. TToo kknnooww vvaarriioouuss mmooddeellss ffoorr tthhee SSooffttwwaarree ddeevveellooppmmeenntt
pprroocceessss.. 11..11 DDeeffiinniittiioonn ooff SSooffttwwaarree aanndd CChhaarraacctteerrssttiiccss ooff SSooffttwwaarree 11..22 TTyyppeess // CCaatteeggoorriieess ooff SSooffttwwaarree 11..33 SSooffttwwaarree EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg –– DDeeffiinniittiioonn,, NNeeeedd 11..44 RReellaattiioonnsshhiipp bbeettwweeeenn SSyysstteemmss EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg aanndd SSooffttwwaarree
EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg 11..55 SSooffttwwaarree EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg-- AA LLaayyeerreedd TTeecchhnnoollooggyy AApppprrooaacchh 11..66 SSooffttwwaarree DDeevveellooppmmeenntt GGeenneerriicc PPrroocceessss FFrraammeewwoorrkk-- SSooffttwwaarree
PPrroocceessss,, SSooffttwwaarree PPrroodduucctt,, SSooffttwwaarree WWoorrkk--PPrroodduucctt,, BBaassiicc FFrraammeewwoorrkk AAccttiivviittiieess,, UUmmbbrreellllaa AAccttiivviittiieess
11..77 PPeerrssoonnaall aanndd TTeeaamm PPrroocceessss MMooddeellss ((PPSSPP aanndd TTSSPP)) –– CCoonncceepptt,, SSiiggnniiffiiccaannccee wwiitthh rreessppeecctt ttoo OOnnggooiinngg PPrroocceessss
IImmpprroovveemmeenntt,, GGooaallss,, LLiisstt ooff ffrraammeewwoorrkk aaccttiivviittiieess iinncclluuddeedd 11..88 PPrreessccrriippttiivvee PPrroocceessss MMooddeellss--
TThhee WWaatteerrffaallll MMooddeell ((NNaattuurree,, SSiittuuaattiioonnss iinn wwhhiicchh aapppplliiccaabbllee wwiitthh eexxaammppllee,, AAssssoocciiaatteedd PPrroobblleemmss))
TThhee IInnccrreemmeennttaall MMooddeell ((NNaattuurree,, SSiittuuaattiioonnss iinn wwhhiicchh aapppplliiccaabbllee wwiitthh eexxaammppllee,, GGeenneerraall sstteeppss,, DDrraawwbbaacckkss))
RRAADD MMooddeell ((NNaattuurree,, SSiittuuaattiioonnss iinn wwhhiicchh aapppplliiccaabbllee wwiitthh eexxaammppllee,,GGeenneerraall sstteeppss,, DDrraawwbbaacckkss))
PPrroottoottyyppiinngg ((NNaattuurree,, SSiittuuaattiioonnss iinn wwhhiicchh aapppplliiccaabbllee wwiitthh eexxaammppllee,, GGeenneerraall sstteeppss,, DDrraawwbbaacckkss))
SSppiirraall MMooddeell ((NNaattuurree,, SSiittuuaattiioonnss iinn wwhhiicchh aapppplliiccaabbllee wwiitthh eexxaammppllee,, GGeenneerraall sstteeppss,, AAddvvaannttaaggeess,, DDiissaaddvvaannttaaggeess))
11..99 AAggiillee SSooffttwwaarree DDeevveellooppmmeenntt –– DDiiffffeerreennccee bbeettwweeeenn PPrreessccrriippttiivvee aanndd AAggiillee PPrroocceessss MMooddeell FFeeaattuurreess ooff tthhee AAggiillee SSooffttwwaarree DDeevveellooppmmeenntt AApppprrooaacchh CCoonncceepptt ooff EExxttrreemmee PPrrooggrraammmmiinngg..
08 20
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17513 IF5 9
0022
SSooffttwwaarree EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg PPrraaccttiicceess AAnndd SSooffttwwaarree RReeqquuiirreemmeennttss EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- TToo bbeeccoommee ffaammiilliiaarr wwiitthh tthhee ssttaannddaarrdd SSooffttwwaarree EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg
PPrraaccttiicceess.. TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd ttoo ccaarrrryy oouutt RReeqquuiirreemmeennttss EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg TTaasskkss.. TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd tthhee iimmppoorrttaannccee ooff tthhee SSRRSS DDooccuummeenntt iinn tthhee
ssooffttwwaarree PPrroojjeecctt..
22..11 SSooffttwwaarree EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg PPrraaccttiicceess -- DDeeffiinniittiioonn,, IImmppoorrttaannccee,, EEsssseennccee
22..22 CCoorree PPrriinncciipplleess ooff SSooffttwwaarree EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg ((SSttaatteemmeennttss && MMeeaanniinngg ooff eeaacchh PPrriinncciippllee))
22..33 CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonn PPrraaccttiicceess ((CCoonncceepptt,, NNeeeedd ooff CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonn,, SSttaatteemmeennttss aanndd MMeeaanniinngg ooff eeaacchh pprriinncciippllee))
22..44 PPllaannnniinngg PPrraaccttiicceess ((CCoonncceepptt,, NNeeeedd ooff PPllaannnniinngg,, BBaassiicc AAccttiivviittiieess iinncclluuddeedd,, SSttaatteemmeennttss aanndd MMeeaanniinngg ooff eeaacchh pprriinncciippllee))
22..55 MMooddeelllliinngg PPrraaccttiicceess CCoonncceepptt ooff SSooffttwwaarree MMooddeelllliinngg AAnnaallyyssiiss MMooddeelllliinngg (( CCoonncceepptt,, NNaammee ooff tthhee aannaallyyssiiss ddoommaaiinnss rreepprreesseenntteedd,, AAnnaallyyssiiss MMooddeelllliinngg PPrriinncciipplleess -- SSttaatteemmeennttss && MMeeaanniinngg ooff eeaacchh pprriinncciippllee DDeessiiggnn MMooddeelllliinngg (( CCoonncceepptt,, NNaammee ooff tthhee tthhrreeee ddeessiiggnn aassppeeccttss,, DDeessiiggnn MMooddeelllliinngg PPrriinncciipplleess -- SSttaatteemmeennttss && MMeeaanniinngg ooff eeaacchh pprriinncciippllee))
22..66 CCoonnssttrruuccttiioonn PPrraaccttiicceess CCoonncceepptt ooff SSooffttwwaarree CCoonnssttrruuccttiioonn CCooddiinngg ((CCoonncceepptt,, PPrreeppaarraattiioonn PPrriinncciipplleess,, CCooddiinngg PPrriinncciipplleess,, VVaalliiddaattiioonn PPrriinncciipplleess)) TTeessttiinngg ((CCoonncceepptt,, TTeessttiinngg PPrriinncciipplleess))
22..77 SSooffttwwaarree DDeeppllooyymmeenntt CCoonncceepptt ooff DDeelliivveerryy CCyyccllee,, SSuuppppoorrtt CCyyccllee && ffeeeeddbbaacckk CCyyccllee DDeeppllooyymmeenntt PPrriinncciipplleess-- ssttaatteemmeennttss && mmeeaanniinngg ooff eeaacchh
pprriinncciipplleess 22..88 RReeqquuiirreemmeennttss EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg
CCoonncceepptt ooff RReeqquuiirreemmeennttss EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg RReeqquuiirreemmeenntt EEnnggiinneeeerriinngg TTaasskkss ((CCoonncceepptt aanndd ssuubb--ttaasskkss
iinncclluuddeedd)) 22..99 SSRRSS ((SSooffttwwaarree RReeqquuiirreemmeennttss SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss))
CCoonncceepptt ooff SSRRSS GGeenneerraall FFoorrmmaatt ooff SSRRSS NNeeeedd//IImmppoorrttaannccee ooff SSRRSS
06 16
0033
AAnnaallyyssiiss AAnndd DDeessiiggnn MMooddeelllliinngg OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd ttoo bbuuiilldd AAnnaallyyssiiss MMooddeell ffoorr aa SSooffttwwaarree.. TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd ttoo aappppllyy ddeessiiggnn ccoonncceeppttss aanndd ttoo bbuuiilldd ddeessiiggnn
12 18
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17513 IF5 10
eelleemmeennttss 33..11 AAnnaallyyssiiss MMooddeelllliinngg
CCoonncceepptt aanndd nneeeedd ooff AAnnaallyyssiiss MMooddeelllliinngg OObbjjeeccttiivveess ooff AAnnaallyyssiiss MMooddeelllliinngg
33..22 AAnnaallyyssiiss MMooddeelllliinngg aapppprrooaacchheess SSttrruuccttuurreedd AAnnaallyyssiiss ((CCoonncceepptt)) OObbjjeecctt OOrriieenntteedd AAnnaallyyssiiss ((CCoonncceepptt))
33..33 DDoommaaiinn AAnnaallyyssiiss CCoonncceepptt ooff TTeecchhnniiccaall DDoommaaiinn ooff tthhee ssooffttwwaarree ((ttoo bbee
ddiissccuusssseedd wwiitthh eexxaammpplleess)) CCoonncceepptt ooff AApppplliiccaattiioonn DDoommaaiinn ooff tthhee SSooffttwwaarree ((ttoo bbee
ddiissssccuusssseedd wwiitthh tthhee eexxaammpplleess:: FFiinnaannccee && BBaannkkiinngg,, HHoossppiittaabbiilliittyy,, HHeeaalltthh ccaarree,, EEmmbbeeddeedd SSooffttwwaarree,, IInnvveennttoorryy SSyysstteemm,, eettcc..))
GGooaallss IInnppuuttss aanndd OOuuttppuutt ooff DDoommaaiinn aannaallyyssiiss
33..44 BBuuiillddiinngg tthhee AAnnaallyyssiiss MMooddeell DDaattaa MMooddeelllliinngg CCoonncceeppttss (( MMeeaanniinngg ooff tthhee TTeerrmmss-- DDaattaa OObbjjeeccttss,, DDaattaa RReellaattiioonnsshhiippss,,
DDaattaa AAttttrriibbuutteess,, CCaarrddiinnaalliittyy && MMooddaalliittyy wwiitthh EExxaammpplleess)) FFllooww-- OOrriieenntteedd MMooddeelllliinngg
-- DDFFDD (( UUssee,, SSttaannddaarrdd NNoottaattiioonnss,, RRuulleess ttoo bbee ffoolllloowweedd,, DDFFDD CCoonnssttrruuccttiioonn –– UUssiinngg aannyy ccaassee SSttuuddyy))
-- DDaattaa DDiiccttiioonnaarryy(( CCoonncceepptt,, UUssee,, ccoonntteennttss ttoo bbee iinnccooppoorraatteedd,, AAddvvaannttaaggeess))
-- CCrreeaattiinngg aa CCoonnttrrooll FFllooww MMooddeell (( NNaattuurree ooff ssooffttwwaarree aapppplliiccaattiioonnss wwhheerree iitt iiss rreeqquuiirreedd aanndd uusseedd,, GGuuiiddeelliinneess uusseedd ffoorr ccrreeaattiinngg tthhee mmooddeell))
-- CCrreeaattiinngg CCoonnttrrooll SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss ((CCSSPPEECC)) -- CCrreeaattiinngg PPrroocceessss SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss ((PPSSPPEECC))
SScceennaarriioo-- BBaasseedd MMooddeelllliinngg -- DDeevveellooppiinngg UUssee CCaasseess -- WWhhaatt iiss aa UUssee CCaassee?? -- PPuurrppoossee ooff aa UUssee CCaassee -- UUssee CCaassee DDiiaaggrraamm
CCrreeaattiinngg aa bbeehhaavviioouurraall mmooddeell -- CCoonncceepptt -- GGeenneerraall SStteeppss iinnvvoollvveedd
33..55 DDeessiiggnn MMooddeelllliinngg DDeessiiggnn PPrroocceessss
-- CCoonncceepptt ooff SSooffttwwaarree DDeessiiggnn -- DDeessiiggnn QQuuaalliittyy GGuuiiddeelliinneess
DDeessiiggnn CCoonncceeppttss -- MMeeaanniinngg aanndd iimmppoorrttaannccee ooff tthhee ffoolllloowwiinngg eeiigghhtt ccoonncceeppttss
ww..rr..tt.. eeaassee ooff ddeessiiggnn,, ddeevveellooppmmeenntt,, tteessttiinngg aanndd ddeebbuuggggiinngg-- ii)) AAbbssttrraattiioonn iiii)) AArrcchhiitteeccttuurree iiiiii)) PPaatttteerrnnss iivv)) MMoodduullaarriittyy vv)) IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn HHiiddiinngg vvii)) FFuunnccttiioonnaall IInnddeeppeennddeennccee vviiii)) RReeffiinneemmeenntt vviiiiii))RReeffaaccttoorriinngg
33..66 TThhee DDeessiiggnn mmooddeell DDaattaa DDeessiiggnn EElleemmeennttss AArrcchhiitteeccttuurraall-- DDeessiiggnn eelleemmeennttss
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17513 IF5 11
IInntteerrffaaccee DDeessiiggnn EElleemmeennttss CCoommppoonneenntt--LLeevveell ddeessiiggnn eelleemmeennttss DDeeppllooyymmeenntt--LLeevveell DDeessiiggnn EElleemmeennttss
0044
SSooffttwwaarree TTeessttiinngg SSttrraatteeggiieess AAnndd MMeetthhooddss OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- TToo bbeeccoommee ffaammiilliiaarr wwiitthh ccoonncceeppttss aanndd ssttrraatteeggiieess ooff TTeessttiinngg
aanndd DDeebbuuggggiinngg.. 44..11 SSooffttwwaarree TTeessttiinngg FFuunnddaammeennttaallss
DDeeffiinniittiioonn ooff SSooffttwwaarree TTeessttiinngg CCoonncceepptt ooff -- GGoooodd TTeesstt,, SSuucccceessssffuull TTeesstt,, TTeessttiinngg ssttrraatteeggiieess,,
TTeesstt PPllaann,, TTeesstt CCaasseess,, TTeesstt DDaattaa.. 44..22 CChhaarraacctteerrssttiiccss ooff TTeessttiinngg SSttrraatteeggiieess 44..33 SSooffttwwaarree VVeerriiffiiccaattiioonn aanndd VVaalliiddaattiioonn ((VV&&VV)) -- CCoonncceepptt aanndd
ddiiffffeerreennccee bbeettwweeeenn tthheessee ttwwoo.. 44..44 TTeessttiinngg SSttrraatteeggiieess
UUnniitt TTeessttiinngg IInntteeggrraattiioonn TTeessttiinngg
-- TToopp--DDoowwnn AApppprrooaacchh -- BBoottttoomm--uupp AApppprrooaacchh -- RReeggrreessssiioonn TTeessttiinngg -- SSmmookkee TTeessttiinngg
44..55 AAllpphhaa aanndd BBeettaa TTeessttiinngg (( CCoonncceepptt aanndd ddiiffffeerreenncceess)) 44..66 SSyysstteemm TTeessttiinngg
CCoonncceepptt ooff SSyysstteemm TTeessttiinngg TTyyppeess (( RReeccoovveerryy,, SSeeccuurriittyy,, SSttrreessss,, PPeerrffoorrmmaannccee TTeessttiinngg ))
wwiitthh eexxaammpplleess 44..77 CCoonncceepptt ooff WWhhiittee--bbooxx aanndd BBllaacckk--BBooxx TTeessttiinngg 44..88 DDeebbuuggggiinngg
CCoonncceepptt aanndd nneeeedd ooff DDeebbuuggggiinngg CChhaarraacctteerrssttiiccss ooff bbuuggss
44..99 DDeebbuuggggiinngg SSttrraatteeggiieess CCoonncceepptt ooff BBrruuttee FFoorrccee,, BBaacckk TTrraacckkiinngg,, IInndduuccttiioonn,,
DDeedduuccttiioonn
08 16
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17513 IF5 12
0055
SSooffttwwaarree PPrroojjeecctt MMaannaaggeemmeenntt OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd tthhee iimmppoorrttaannccee ooff PPrroojjeecctt SScchheedduulliinngg.. TToo bbeeccoommee ffaammiilliiaarr wwiitthh PPrroojjeecctt SScchheedduulliinngg TTeecchhnniiqquueess.. TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd tthhee ccoonncceepptt ooff ssooffttwwaarree rriisskkss aanndd RRiisskk
MMaannaaggeemmaanntt.. TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd tthhee iimmppoorrttaannccee ooff SSooffttwwaarree CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
MMaannaaggeemmeenntt.. 55..11 IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn ttoo SSooffttwwaarree PPrroojjeecctt MMaannaaggeemmeenntt aanndd iittss nneeeedd.. 55..22 TThhee MMaannaaggeemmeenntt SSppeeccttrruumm –– 44 PPss aanndd tthheeiirr SSiiggnniiffiiccaannccee 55..33 PPrroojjeecctt SScchheedduulliinngg
CCoonncceepptt ooff PPrroojjeecctt SScchheedduulliinngg FFaaccttoorrss tthhaatt ddeellaayy PPrroojjeecctt SScchheedduullee PPrriinncciipplleess ooff PPrroojjeecctt SScchheedduulliinngg PPrroojjeecctt SScchheedduulliinngg TTeecchhnniiqquueess-- CCoonncceepptt ooff GGaanntttt CChhaarrtt,,
PPEERRTT,, CCPPMM 55..44 CCoonncceepptt ooff TTaasskk NNeettwwoorrkk 55..55 WWaayyss ooff PPrroojjeecctt TTrraacckkiinngg 55..66 RRiisskk MMaannaaggeemmeenntt
WWhhaatt iiss SSooffttwwaarree RRiisskk?? CCoonncceepptt ooff PPrrooaaccttiivvee aanndd RReeaaccttiivvee rriisskk ssttrraatteeggiieess TTyyppeess ooff SSooffttwwaarree RRiisskkss
55..77 RRiisskk AAsssseessssmmeenntt RRiisskk IIddeennttiiffiiccaattiioonn RRiisskk AAnnaallyyssiiss RRiisskk PPrriioorriittiizzaattiioonn
55..88 RRiisskk ccoonnttrrooll-- NNeeeedd,, RRMMMMMM ssttrraatteeggyy 55..99 SSooffttwwaarree CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn MMaannaaggeemmeenntt ((SSCCMM))
NNeeeedd ooff SSCCMM BBeenneeffiittss ooff SSCCMM SSCCMM RReeppoossiittoorryy--FFuunnccttiioonnss aanndd FFeeaattuurreess ssuuppppoorrtteedd SSCCMM PPrroocceessss-- CChhaannggee ccoonnttrrooll aanndd vveerrssiioonn CCoonnttrrooll
08 18
0066
SSooffttwwaarree QQuuaalliittyy MMaannaaggeemmeenntt OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- TToo ddeevveelloopp qquuaalliittyy aawwaarreenneessss ffoorr ssooffttwwaarree pprroodduuccttss.. TToo bbeeccoommee ffaammiilliiaarr wwiitthh tthhee aavvaaiillaabbllee QQuuaalliittyy SSttaannddaarrddss..
66..11 BBaassiicc QQuuaalliittyy CCoonncceeppttss 66..22 SSooffttwwaarree QQuuaalliittyy AAssssuurraannccee ((SSQQAA))
DDeeffiinniittiioonn ooff SSQQAA SSQQAA AAccttiivviittiieess
66..33 CCoonncceepptt ooff SSttaattiissttiiccaall SSQQAA 66..44 QQuuaalliittyy EEvvaalluuaattiioonn SSttaannddaarrddss
SSiixx ssiiggmmaa ffoorr ssooffttwwaarree -- CCoonncceepptt ooff DDMMAAIICC aanndd DDMMDDAAVV AApppprrooaacchh
IISSOO 99000000 ffoorr ssooffttwwaarree -- ccoonncceepptt aanndd mmaajjoorr ccoonnssiiddeerraattiioonnss 66..55 CCMMMMII-- CCMMMMII LLeevveellss,, PPrroocceessss AArreeaass ccoonnssiiddeerreedd.. 66..66 CCMMMMII VVss IISSOO.. 66..77 MMccCCaallll’’ss QQuuaalliittyy ffaaccttoorrss..
06 12
Total 48 100
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17513 IF5 13
Learning Resources: 1) Books:
Sr. No. Title Author Publisher
1 Software Engineering- A Practitioner’s Approach Roger S. Pressman TATA McGraw-Hill
2 Software Engineering-Principals and Practices Rohit Khurana Vikas Publishing House
3 Software Engineering Pankaj Jalote Wiley India
4 Software Engineering S. A. Kelkar PHI Learning Websites:-
www.sei.emu.edu www.ieee.org www.rational.com/UML www.iso9001compliance.com www.wileyindia.com
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17518 IF5 14
Course Name : Diploma in Information Technology
Course Code : IF
Semester : Fifth
Subject Title : Information Security
Subject Code : 17518
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale:
The goal of Information Security is to familiarize students with the security issues and technologies involved in modern information systems. Students will gain an understanding of the various ways in which information systems can be attacked and tradeoffs in protecting networks. Students will gain an appreciation of the need to develop an understanding of underlying system applications and potential security issues early in the design process.
New communication systems and digital technology have made dramatic changes in the way we live and the means to transact our daily business. Businessmen are increasingly using computers to create, transmit and store information in electronic form instead of traditional paper documents. It is cheaper, easier to store and retrieve and speedier to communicate. This will enable them to develop a sound knowledge and analytical ability facilitating their intellectual and professional development and future employment. Objectives: To develop following skills: Intellectual Skills:
Understand basics of information security Know about legal, ethical, and professional issues in information security Will gain knowledge about cyber crime and cyber security Will know about data recovery and email recovery Know about information quality and audit
Motor Skills: Proper Handling of Computer System. Basics knowledge of computer network.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17518 IF5 15
Learning Structure: Application Procedures
Principles Concepts Facts
Identify the different threats to information and apply basic security principles and techniques to avoid these threats.
Classical encryption Techniques
Digital Signatures, Digital Signature Standards
Stegnography, Authentication Protocols,
Integrity, Confidentiality, Availability
Authentication, Authorization, Cryptography,
Security model, compliance standards
Attacks, Viruses, Trojans, Spam, Hacking
Information Security principles, Policies
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17518 IF5 16
Theory: Topic
No Contents Hours Marks
1
Introduction to Information Security Objectives: Understand basic of Information Learn three pillars of information security Understand information classification Learn principles of information security
1.1 Information, Need and Importance of Information, information classification, criteria for information classification
1.2 Security, need of security, Basics principles of information security
1.3 Three pillars of information security, data obfuscation, event classification
08 12
2
Information security architecture and model Objectives: Understand the information security management Learn about security policies and standard. Understand concept of TCB Understand common criteria for information security
evaluation 2.1 Information security and Risk Management, Security policies,
guidelines, standards 2.2 Trusted computing base, Rings of Trust, Protection Mechanisms in
a trusted Computing Base 2.3 System security assurance concepts, Trusted computer security
Evaluation Criteria 2. 4 Information Technology security Evaluation Criteria,
Confidentiality and Integrity Models.
12 24
3
Cryptography Objectives: Common term related to field of cryptography Demonstrate how to encrypt and decrypt messages using
transposition and substitution method Learn about stenography Purposes and uses of digital signatures.
3.1 Introduction, Application of cryptography, Classical encryption Techniques, Symmetric cipher 3.2 Substitution cipher
Ceasor cipher Playfair cipher Hill cipher
3.3 Transposition cipher Row transposition cipher One Time Pad
3.4 Stegnography, Digital Signatures, Authentication Protocols, Digital Signature Standards
12 24
4 Data Recovery and cyber security Objectives: 08 20
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17518 IF5 17
Understand recovery of data from different ways Learn about different cyber crimes Understand IT acts in India
4.1 Introduction to Deleted File Recovery Formatted Partition
Recovery, Data Recovery Tools, Data Recovery Procedures and Ethics.
4.2 Introduction to Cyber Crimes – Hacking, Cracking, Viruses, Virus Attacks, Pornography, Software Piracy, Intellectual property, Legal System of Information Technology, Mail Bombs, Bug Exploits, Cyber Crime Investigation
4.3 Introduction Cyber Laws- Introduction to IT act 2000 and IT act 2008, Introduction to the cyber laws.
5
Access, physical control and compliance standards Objectives: Understand the need of physical security Different Authorization and Authentication mechanism Overview of different standards and frameworks
5.1 Identification, Authorization , Authentication, Biometrics, Single Sign –on, Kerberos, Remote user access and Authentication,
5.2 Physical access control, Physical access threats, providing physical security
5.3 Compliance standards : Implementing and Information Security Management System , ISO 27001, ISO 20000, BS 25999, PCI DSS, ITIL framework, COBIT framework
08 20
Total 48 100 List of Practical: Sr. No. Title of Experiment No. of Hours
1 Knowing the security provided with windows operating system 02
2 Recovery the password of windows machines using password recover utility (John the ripper) or any other utility 02
3 Tracing of email origin using eMailTracePro utility 02
4 Use of Keylogger and anti-keylogger to secure your system 02
5 Encrypt and decrypt the message using Simple Transposition – Permutation( Cryptool) 04
6 Encrypt and decrypt the message using Caesar Cipher With Variable Key( Cryptool) 04
7 Encrypt and decrypt the message using 3 X 3 Hill Cipher( Cryptool) 04
8 Create Digital Signature document using ( Cryptool) 04
9 Send and receive secret message using stegnography techniques using steghide 04
10 Recover the data from formatted Pen drive and Hard Disk using PowerdataRecovery utility or any other utility 04
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17518 IF5 18
Learning Resources: 1. Books:
Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
1 Whitman Principles of Information Security Cengage india
2 Godbole Nina Information System Security John Wiley
3 Mark Merkov & Jim Breithaupt
Information Security Principles and Practices Pearson
4 V.K.Pachghare Cryptography and Information Security Prentice Hall India
5 Saurabh Sharma Information Security and Cyber Laws Vikas Publishing House
6 Tularam M. Bansod Computer Networking Dreamtech Press
2. CDs, PPTs Etc.:
3. Websites: CrypTool 1.4.21 (www.cryptool.org) http://www.emailtrackerpro.com http://www.kmint21.com (Keylogger) http://www.jjtc.com/Steganography/tools.html http://steghide.sourceforge.net/ (stegnography) http://www.powerdatarecovery.com/ (data recovery)
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17515 IF5 19
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CM/IF/CW/CD
Semester : Fifth for CO/CM/IF/CW and Sixth for CD
Subject Title : Java Programming
Subject Code : 17515
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 04 03 100 50# -- 25@ 175
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale: Nowadays, object oriented paradigm is of utmost importance for programming. Java
language supports and is a very good means of understanding and implementing the OOP concepts. Java language enables the easy development of robust, secure, reusable and portable application. An application may be a standalone or it may be a web based. This subject provides an insight to understand and implement the OOP concepts, do the applet, graphics and multithreaded programming and Interact with the files. It also builds strong foundation for advanced java programming. General Objectives: Intellectual skills: Use of programming language constructs. To know apply different logics to solve the given problem. To be able to write program using different implementations for the same problem. Study different types of errors. Debugging of programs. Understand different steps to develop program such as
a. Problem definition b. Analysis c. Design of logic d. Coding e. Testing f. Maintenance
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17515 IF5 20
Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principles and Concepts Facts
By catch, throw, throws own & finally exception
Designing & Implementing application program, applet program, apply knowledge for developing reliable, official, customizable application
Designing Classes, inheritance, polymorphism, wrapper class, vector interface, package
Implementing error handling code, creating own exception
Implementation & multithreading
Design applet & GOI programme
Data Handling and Encapsulation Abstraction Array, String Representation of essential fact visibility control, garbage collection
Method & constructor overloading and overriding dynamic binding
Errors & Exceptions
Concerning thread priority synchronization deadlock
Applet & graphics classes, HTML tags, applet tag
Syntax, operators, decision marking, looping object oriented paradigm
Multithreading Graphics Fundamentals HTML files
Implementation of file handling, serialization
Creating files, read & write, file classes, open & close file, file pointers
Files, secondary storage, byte, stream data collections framework
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17515 IF5 21
Contents: Chapter Content Hours Marks
01
Introduction to Java Specific Objectives: To understand the features, Data types, Decision making
and looping, constructs of java language. 1.1 Java Features and the Java Programming Environment.
Object Oriented, Compiled, Interpreted, Platform independent, Portable, Robust and Secure, Dynamic.
1.2 Java Tokens & Data types Constants & Symbolic Constants, variables, dynamic initialization, data types, array & string, scope of variable, type casting, standard default values.
1.3 Operators & Expressions Arithmetic Operators, Relational Operators, Logical Operators, Increment & Decrement, Conditional Operators, Bit wise Operators, Instance of Operators, Dot Operators, Operator precedence & associativity, Evaluation of Expressions, Type conversions in expressions, Mathematical Functions - min(), max(), sqrt(), pow(), exp(), round(), abs().
1.4 Decision making & looping If statement, if else statement, nested if else statement, if else if ladder, the switch statement, nested switch statement, The ?: operator, The while statement, the Do while statement, the ‘for’ statement, break, continue & return statement, nested loops, labeled loops, for-each version of the for loop.
08 16
02
Classes, Objects & Methods Specific Objectives: To create classes, objects and make use of arrays and
strings. They will also learn the concepts of inheritance and
garbage collection. 2.1 Defining a class, creating object, accessing class members, Constructors & methods, types of constructors, nesting of methods, argument passing the ‘this’ keyword, command line arguments, varargs: variable-length arguments, garbage collection, finalize() method, the object class. 2.2 Visibility Control Public, Private, Protected, default, friendly
private Protected access. 2.3 More on Arrays & Strings Types of arrays, creating an array, strings, string classes & string buffer, vectors, wrapper, classes, enumerated types. 2.4 Inheritance Types of Inheritance, single Inheritance, multilevel Inheritance, Hierarchical Inheritance, method & constructor Overloading & overriding, dynamic method dispatch, final variables, final methods, use of super, abstract methods & classes, static members.
12 24
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17515 IF5 22
03
Interface and Package Specific Objectives: To create and use interface and packages. They will also learn the package naming, conventions and
about the static import. 3.1 Interface Define Interface, implementing interface , accessing interface, variables& methods, extending interfaces, interface references, nested interfaces 3.2 Package Define package, type of package naming & creating packages, accessing package, import statement, static import, adding class & interfaces to a package.
06 12
04
Exception Handling & Multithreaded Programming Specific Objectives: To handle the exceptions in programs effectively. They will also learn ‘how to make their programs
multithreaded’, set thread priorities, and the concept of deadlock.
4.1 Errors & Exception Types of errors, exceptions, try & catch statement, nested try statement, throws & Finally statement, build-in exceptions, chained exceptions, creating own exception, subclasses. 4.2 Multithreaded Programming Creating a Thread: By extending to thread class & by
implementing runnable Interface. Life cycle of thread: Thread Methods: wait(), sleep(), notify(), resume(), suspend(), stop(). Thread exceptions, thread priority & methods,
synchronization, inter-thread communication, deadlock.
08 16
05
Java Applets & Graphics Programming Specific Objectives:
The students will be able to write interactive applets and make use of graphics in programming.
They will also learn to change the background and the foreground color and to use the different fonts.
5.1 Introduction to applets Applet, Applet life cycle (skeleton), Applet tag, Adding
Applet To HTML file, passing parameter to applet, embedding <applet>tags in java code, adding controls to applets. 5.2 Graphics Programming Graphics classes, lines, rectangles, ellipse, circle, arcs,
polygons, color & fonts, setColor(), getColor(), setForeGround(), setBackGround(), font class, variable defined by font class: name,
pointSize, size, style, font methods: getFamily(), getFont(), getFontname(), getSize(), getStyle(), getAllFonts() &
getavailablefontfamilyname() of the graphics environment class.
10 20
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17515 IF5 23
06
File I/O & collection frame work Specific Objectives: The students will be able to work with File IO and
collections frame work. They will also learn the concept of serialization.
6.1 File classes Stream classes, byte stream (FileInputStream&FileOutputStream), character stream (FileReader&FileWriter) serialization. 6.2 Introduction to collections frame work Array list, date class, set class, Iterator, map class.
04 12
Total 48 100 List of Practical:
1. Understand the java programming environment to learn the different available tools
2. Develop a program to display all the even numbers between 1 to 20 using for loop & if
statement
3. Develop a program to create a class Student with data membersstudent_name, roll_no&
branch. Initialize and display values of data members.
4. Develop a program to convert a string from lowercase to uppercase using method of String
class.
Practice Exercise/ Experiments
5. Develop a program that creates a vector toinsert and display five elements of different data
types.
6. Develop a program to create a class “Chocholate” having data members ‘ChocoName’&
‘ChochoQuantity’.Derive a class “ChochoFlavor” having data member ‘FlavorName’.
Initialize the values for two objects of ‘ChochoFlavor’ class using constructor and display
it.
7. Define a package named ‘’myPackage’’to include a class named ‘DisplayMsg’ with one
method to display some message. Develop a program to import this package in a java
application and call the method defined in the package.
8. Develop a program to throw a user defined exception if the given number is not positive.
Practice Exercise/ Experiments
9. Develop a program to create two threads such that one threads displays the message “How
do you do?” and the other thread displays the message “Fine, Thank you!”
10. Develop a program to create an applet to display the message “Welcome to the world of
Applet”.
11. Develop a program to copy the contents of the file “abc.txt” into a new file “xyz.txt”.
12. Design & Develop a mini project. (With optional activity at the end)
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17515 IF5 24
Learning Resources: Books:
Sr. No Author Title Publisher
1 Junaid Khateel & Dr. G. T. Thampi Computer Programming in JAVA DreamTech Press
2 Sharnam Shah & Vaishali Shah Core JAVA for Beginners SPD
3 E Balagurusamy Programming in JAVA a primer TMH
4 Sachin Malhotra & Saurabh Chaudhary Programming in JAVA Oxford University
Press
5 Rashmi Kanta Das Core Java for beginners Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17519 IF5 25
Course Name : Diploma in Information Technology
Course Code : IF
Semester : Fifth
Subject Title : Communication Technology
Subject Code : 17519
Teaching and Examination Scheme
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 02 03 100 25# -- 25@ 150
Rationale:
Now-a-days communication is being used in every aspect of area starting from Telephone
(i.e. wired communication), to data communication, mobile communication as well as satellite
communication (i.e. wireless communication) and also in the entertainment media like Television.
During the last three decades there has been tremendous growth in communication. Cellular
mobile communication enables us to communicate instantly. Various forms of communication like
Television, radio, FAX Email etc. have all become an integral part of our daily lives.
Electronic Communication Techniques is a core technology subject which will help students
to study how the analog/digital signals are coded/decoded, transmitted and received in different
mediums of communication.
This subject will lay the foundation for mobile communication systems and data
communication systems.
General Objectives:
The students will be able to:
1) Understand types of communication.
2) Understand transmission modes.
3) Understand modulation techniques.
4) Understand encoding and decoding methods.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17519 IF5 26
Learning Structure:
Application Procedures Principles Concepts Facts
To apply the Communication Techniques in Radio Communication, Mobile Communication, Satellite Communication and Advanced Communication Systems
AM,FM,PM, PAM,PWM,
PPM
ASK, FSK, PSK, QPSK, DPSK
TDM, FDM, WDM, TDMA,FDMA,
CDMA
Communication Systems, Modulation / Demodulation and Transmission / Reception of Signals
Digital to Analog Modulation
Block Diagram, Waveforms, Functions of Various Blocks
Analog Modulation
Encoding Techniques
Multiplexing Techniques
Digital to Digital Modulation
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17519 IF5 27
Theory:
TTooppiicc NNoo.. Name of the Topic Hours Marks
0011
AANNAALLOOGG CCOOMMMMUUNNIICCAATTIIOONN SSppeecciiffiicc OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- DDeessccrriibbee tthhee EElleeccttrroonniicc CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonn SSyysstteemm IIddeennttiiffyy tthhee nneeeedd ffoorr mmoodduullaattiioonn,, DDeemmoodduullaattiioonn CCoommppaarree bbeettwweeeenn mmoodduullaattiioonn,, DDeemmoodduullaattiioonn
IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn ttoo EElleeccttrroonniicc CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonn--((BBlloocckk DDiiaaggrraamm,,
CCllaassssiiffiiccaattiioonn,, EElleeccttrroommaaggnneettiicc SSppeeccttrruumm,, CCoonncceepptt ooff nnooiissee)) AAnnaalloogg MMoodduullaattiioonn TTeecchhnniiqquueess-- NNeeeedd ffoorr mmoodduullaattiioonn,,
CCllaassssiiffiiccaattiioonn AAMM,, FFMM,, PPMM --DDeeffiinnaattiioonn,, wwaavvee ffoorrmmss,, ((ttiimmee ddoommaaiinn && FFrreeqquueennccyy DDoommaaiinn)) BBaannddwwiiddtthh rreeqquuiirreemmeenntt,, MMoodduullaattiioonn IInnddeexx..
AAMM,,FFMM--TTrraannssmmiitttteerr aanndd RReecceeiivveerr,, bblloocckk ddiiaaggrraamm,, EExxppllaannaattiioonn aanndd ssiimmppllee nnuummeerriiccaall pprroobblleemmss..
AAddvvaannttaaggeess,, DDiissaaddvvaannttaaggeess aanndd AApppplliiccaattiioonnss ooff AAnnaalloogg CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonn..
WWaavvee PPrrooppaaggaattiioonn--GGrroouunndd,, IIoonnoosspphheerree,, sskkyy,, ssppaaccee
10 20
0022
PPUULLSSEE MMOODDUULLAATTIIOONN TTEECCHHNNIIQQUUEESS SSppeecciiffiicc OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- EExxppllaaiinn ddiiggiittiisseedd vveerrssiioonn ooff aannaalloogg mmoodduullaattiioonn..
AAddvvaannttaaggeess ooff PPuullssee MMoodduullaattiioonn oovveerr AAmmpplliittuuddee MMoodduullaattiioonn.. BBaassiiccss ooff PPuullssee MMoodduullaattiioonn--SSaammpplliinngg TThheeoorreemm,, NNyyqquuiisstt RRaattee,,
TTyyppeess ooff ssaammpplliinngg.. ((NNaattuurraall && FFllaatt ttoopp)) CCllaassssiiffiiccaattiioonn ooff PPuullssee AAnnaalloogg MMoodduullaattiioonn TTeecchhnniiqquueess-- PPAAMM,,
PPWWMM,, PPPPMM-- wwoorrkkiinngg pprriinncciippllee,, BBlloocckk ddiiaaggrraamm ffoorr ggeenneerraattiioonn,, wwaavvee ffoorrmmss,, AAddvvaannttaaggeess,, ddiissaaddvvaannttaaggeess && AApppplliiccaattiioonnss ooff PPAAMM,, PPWWMM && PPPPMM..
CCllaassssiiffiiccaattiioonn ooff PPuullssee DDiiggiittaall MMoodduullaattiioonn TTeecchhnniiqquueess-- PPCCMM,, DDMM,, AADDMM-- WWoorrkkiinngg PPrriinncciippllee,, BBlloocckk ddiiaaggrraamm ffoorr GGeenneerraattiioonn,, WWaavveeffoorrmmss-- AAddvvaannttaaggeess,, ddiissaaddvvaannttaaggeess && aapppplliiccaattiioonnss ooff PPCCMM,, DDMM,, AADDMM..
10 20
0033
DDIIGGIITTAALL MMOODDUULLAATTIIOONN TTEECCHHNNIIQQUUEESS SSppeecciiffiicc OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- CCllaassssffyy ddiiffffeerreenntt DDiiggiittaall MMoodduullaattiioonn TTeecchhnniiqquueess bbaasseedd oonn
ccoonnvveennttiiaall aannaalloogg mmoodduullaattiioonn tteecchhnniiqquueess..
IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn ttoo DDiiggiittaall CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonn ssyysstteemm-- BBaasseebbaanndd && PPaassssbbaanndd TTrraassmmiissssiioonn,, BBlloocckk ddiiaaggrraamm ooff DDiiggiittaall MMoodduullaattiioonn SSyysstteemm..
CCllaassssiiffiiccaattiioonn ooff DDiiggiittaall MMoodduullaattiioonn--AASSKK,, FFSSKK,, PPSSKK,, DDPPSSKK,, QQPPSSKK-- WWoorrkkiinngg PPrriinncciippllee--bblloocckk ddiiaaggrraamm ffoorr GGeenneerraattiioonn,, wwaavveeffoorrmm--AAddvvaannttaaggeess,, DDiissaaddaavvaannttaaggeess && AApppplliiccaattiioonnss ooff AASSKK,, FFSSKK,, PPSSKK,, DDPPSSKK,, QQPPSSKK--cchhaannnneell ccaappaacciittyy::-- SShhaannoonn’’ss TThheeoorrmm-- CChhaannnneell bbaannddwwddtthh..
10 22
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17519 IF5 28
0044
DDAATTAA EENNCCOODDIINNGG AANNDD TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN SSppeecciiffiicc OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- AAppppllyy ddiiggiittaall ttoo ddiiggiittaall ccoonnvveerrssiioonn tteecchhnniiqquueess ffoorr iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn
ttrraassmmiissssiioonn iinn ccoommppuutteerr NNeettwwoorrkkss
IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn ttoo EEnnccooddiinngg DDiiggiittaall DDaattaa ttoo DDiiggiittaall ssiiggnnaall.. DDeeffiinnaattiioonn--DDaattaa RRaattee,, BBaauudd RRaattee,, BBiitt RRaattee CCllaassssiiffiiccaattiioonn ooff EEnnccooddiinngg TTeecchhnniiqquueess--UUnniippoollaarr,, PPoollaarr,, BBiippoollaarr &&
tthheeiirr ttyyppeess-- aaddvvaannttaaggeess && ddiissaaddvvaannttaaggeess ooff EEnnccooddiinngg TTeecchhnniiqquueess-- CCoommppaarriissiioonn ooff vvaarriioouuss tteecchhnniiqquueess..
06 12
0055
WWIIRREEDD && WWIIRREELLEESSSS CCOOMMMMUUNNIICCAATTIIOONN SSYYSSTTEEMMSS SSppeecciiffiicc OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- DDeessccrriibbee tthhee WWiirreedd CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonn SSyysstteemmss.. EExxppllaaiinn tthhee ccoonncceepptt ooff MMuullttiipplleexxiinngg AAppppllyy MMuullttiipplleexxiinngg iinn WWiirreelleessss CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonn..
TTeelleepphhoonnee ssyysstteemm-- IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn && BBlloocckk ddiiaaggrraamm.. MMuullttiipplleexxiinngg-- NNeeeedd ooff MMuullttiipplleexxiinngg--MMuullttiipplleexxiinngg TTeecchhnniiqquueess--
FFDDMM,, TTDDMM,, WWDDMM-- PPrriinncciipplleess,, BBlloocckk DDiiaaggrraamm,, AApppplliiccaattiioonnss,, AAddvvaannttaaggeess && DDiissaaddvvaannttaaggeess-- MMuullttiippllee AAcccceessss-- TTDDMMAA,, FFDDMMAA,, CCDDMMAA--PPrriinncciippllee,, BBlloocckk DDiiaaggrraamm,, AAddvvaannttaaggeess,, DDiissaaddvvaannttaaggeess && AApppplliiccaattiioonnss..
SSaatteelliittee CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonn SSyysstteemmss--FFrreeqquueennccyy bbaanndd uusseedd,, bblloocckk DDiiaaggrraamm,, PPrriinncciippllee && AApppplliiccaattiioonn..
MMoobbiillee CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonn ssyysstteemmss-- FFrreeqquueennccyy BBaanndd,, BBlloocckk ddiiaaggrraamm,, PPrriinncciipplleess-- CCoonncceepptt ooff FFrreeqquueennccyy rreeuussee && CCeellll sspplliittttiinngg--CCaallll pprroocceessssiinngg--FFoorrwwaarrdd && RReevveerrssee DDiirreeccttiioonn ((HHaannddsseett ttoo HHaannddsseett)) && ((HHaannddsseett ttoo LLaannddlliinnee))--CCoonncceepptt ooff HHaannddooffff..
12 26
Total 48 100 Intellectual Skills:
1) Understand modulation/demodulation techniques and apply in communication systems.
2) Apply digitized version of Analog modulation, digital modulation, digital to digital
modulation and digital to analog modulation.
3) Understand the applications of communication techniques.
Motor Skills:
1) Measure different parameters on CRO.
2) Troubleshoot Circuit connected to CRO in case of fault.
3) Test and Perform analysis of Equipment used for modulation.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17519 IF5 29
List of Practicals:- 1. Generate and observe AM waveform using Collector Modulator and Calculate Modulation
index. Also observe the effect of change in modulating signal voltage on modulation index. 2. Generate and observe FM waveform and Calculate Modulation index and observe the effect
of change in modulating signal voltage and frequency on modulation index 3. Generate PAM and draw input and output waveform and measure amplitude of each pulse;
also observe the demodulated output and measure its amplitude and frequency 4. Generate PWM and draw input, output waveform and measure width of each pulse. Also
observe the demodulated output and measure its amplitude and frequency 5. Generate PPM and draw Input, Output waveforms and measure the shift in position of
pulse. Also observe the demodulated output and measure its amplitude and frequency 6. Generate PCM and draw Input, Output waveforms. Also observe the demodulated output
waveform of a PCM signal Practice Exercise
7. Generate ASK signal and draw Input, Output waveform. 8. Generate FSK and draw Input, Output waveform 9. Generate PSK and draw Input, Output waveform 10. Implement the various Encoding Techniques for a specific data stream consisting of 12 bits
and draw the waveform 11. Seminar on any advance topic on Communication technique.
(To be conduct in PPR and valuation on CTQ) 12. Visit to any telecommunication station and a technical report of visit shall be submitted as a
part of term work. (This experiment shall be performed in PPR and Valuation of the same shall be done in CTQ) Exercise on objectives. (As an assignment)
Learning Resources: Reference Books: Sr. No. Title Author Publisher
01 Electronic Communication System Kennedy Tata McGraw Hill
02 Electronic Communication Roddy Collen Pearson Education
03 Data Communication & Networking Forouzan Tata McGraw Hill
04 Communication Electronic Frenzel Tata McGraw Hill
05 Electronic Communication System Wayne Tomasi Pearson Education
06 Principles of Communication systems Taub & Schilling Tata McGraw Hill
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17075 IF5 30
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering & Technology
Course Code : EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ME/PG/PT/AE/CE/CS/CR/ CO/CM/IF/
EE/EP/CH/PS/CD/ED/EI/CV/FE/FG/IU/MH/MI/TX/TC/DC/AU
Semester : Fifth for EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ME/PG/PT/AE/CE/CS/CR/
CO/CM/IF/EE/EP/CH/PS/AU and Sixth for CD/MH/IU/CV/FE/FG/MI/
ED/EI/DC/TC/TX
Subject Title : Behavioural Science
Subject Code : 17075
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
01 -- 02 -- -- -- 25 # 25 @ 50
Rationale:
With increased globalization and rapid changing business expectations, employers are
looking for wide cluster of skills to cater to the changing demand. Personality traits and soft skills
are playing a key role in a student’s career in this changing scenario. Corporate houses look for soft
skills that supplement hard skills.
Addition of behavioural science in curriculum is intended to enhance the efficiency of a
person so that he can contribute to overall growth of organisation. It aims at developing insight into
leadership, team building, motivation, interpersonal relationship, problem solving, decision making
and aspects of personality in a technician’s profile. Addition of the topic of organizational culture
will further mould him/ her in the organisational role.
This subject of ‘Behavioural Science’ provides a broad base in which a technician can
develop a successful career in the world of work.
General Objectives:
After studying this subject, the students will be able to:
1. Develop him/her as Team leader.
2. Use self-motivation and motivate others.
3. Build a team and develop team spirit among the team members.
4. Improve the interpersonal relationship skills.
5. Learn Problem solving and decision making skills.
6. Discuss a particular topic in a group and face the interview.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17075 IF5 31
Learning Structure:
Application Procedure Principle Concept Facts
Self-development and organizational growth
Performing tasks effectively by implementing team spirit, defining problem
Goal achievements and result oriented work culture
Problem Organisation
Task or Goal
Team spirit
Vision
Conflict
Leadership
Motivation
Team
Team building
Team development
Conflict resolution
Problem solving
Brain storming
Trial and error
Interpersonal relationship
Group Discussion
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17075 IF5 32
Theory:
Topic and Contents Hours Topic 1: Leadership 1.1 Management Education-History, Development, Importance, Areas of
specialization, need and importance of behavioural science 1.2 Meaning and Types of Leaders, Qualities of leader, Examples 1.3 Leadership- Definition, importance, leadership in various organizations 1.4 Leadership styles-task -people matrix. Persuasive, Authoritative, Democratic, Delegative Leadership styles. Maturity of followers, situational leadership
02
Topic 2: Motivation 2.1 Meaning 2.2 Importance of Motivation 2.3 Types of Motivation- Intrinsic, Extrinsic, Examples 2.4 Maslow's motivation theory- pyramid of needs, individual and industrial
applications 2.5 Tips for Motivation
02
Topic 3: Emotional Intelligence 3.1 Major concepts - emotion, families of emotion, components of emotional
expressions 3.2 Emotional intelligence, cognitive intelligence 3.3 Basic emotional competencies
02
Topic 4: Team Building 4.1 Team- Need, Definition, Difference between group and team 4.2 Characteristics of a good team 4.3 Steps in team formation- forming, norming, storming, performing,
adjourning 4.4 Roles of team members 4.5 Characteristics of a good team member 4.6 Types of teams-Work, mgmt, cross functional, quality circle, self-managed
team
03
Topic 5: Conflict Resolution 5.1 Definition, types (interpersonal, intrapersonal, groups), indicators of conflicts 5.2 Sources of conflict - ego, poorly defined authority and responsibility, power,
interests, greed, difference in value system, complex work situations 5.3 Skills for conflict resolution 5.4 Steps in conflict management -Mapping of conflict, negotiation- steps in
negotiation, 5.5 Styles of conflict management- collaborating, competing, cooperating,
avoiding, compromising
03
Topic 6: Decision Making 6.1 Importance of decision making 6.2 Definition Characteristics of good decision 6.3 Characteristics of good decision
02
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17075 IF5 33
6.4 Types of decisions- programmed, non programmed, strategic, tactical, impulsive
6.5 Group decision making 6.6 Steps of decision making Topic 7: Interview Techniques 7.1 Job search opportunities 7.2 Development of résumé´ and cover letter- essentials of a good résumé´,
contents of Résumé´, layout of résumé´, cover letter 7.3 Group discussion- objectives, do's and don'ts for effective participation,
evaluation parameters, suggested topics 7.4 Psychometric tests- Aptitude test, guidelines for preparations for aptitude test,
Personality test 7.5 Personal interview-guidelines for preparing for job interviews, common
questions
02
Total 16 Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:
Develop ability to find his strengths
Select proper source of information.
Follow the technique of time and stress management.
Set the goal.
Motor Skills:
Follow the presentation of body language.
Work on internet and search for information.
Prepare slides / transparencies for presentation.
List of Assignments:
01 Case study: Employee motivation and leadership. 02 To build a tower from a given material as a team activity 03 To prepare Jigsaw puzzles (common shapes) from the given jigsaw pieces as a team. 04 Case study on conflict Resolution 05 Assess your style of conflict resolution 06 Decision making activity: of Selection of the best suitable company. 07 Participate in a guided group discussion
08 Assessment of self-aptitude in numerical computation, estimation, data interpretation, mechanical, spatial and abstract reasoning
09 Assessment of self-aptitude in Verbal ability and data checking. 10 Development of résumé´ and covering letter
Note: Subject teacher shall guide the students in completing the assignments based on above
practicals.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17075 IF5 34
Learning Resources: Books:
Sr. No. Author Name of Book Publication
1 Subject Experts-MSBTE Handbook and assignment book on Development of Life Skills-II MSBTE
2 Dr. Kumkum Mukherjee Principles of management and organizational behaviour
Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt Ltd.
3 Dr.T.Kalyana Chakravarti Dr.T.Latha Chakravarti Soft Skills for Managers Biztantra
4 Barun K Mitra Personality Development and soft skills Oxford University Press
5 Priyadarshini Patnaik Group discussion and interview skills Foundation Books
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17061 IF5 35
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Fifth for CO/CM/CW/IF and Sixth for CD
Subject Title : Network Management and Administration
Subject Code : 17061
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
01 -- 04 -- -- 50# -- 25@ 75
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale:- The world in the information era has become network centric. It provides comprehensive, self-contained tour of information which deals with data transmission and wiring, network technologies and internetworking protocols. This subject provides the right balance between theoretical background and practical aspects of network. It is designed for the students to understand basics of computer network, but who want to begin an education about network management and administration. Network manager is responsible for management of network system, applications in data and telecommunication services whereas network administrator is responsible for operations of key parts of the network. The contents of the subject cover installation and configuration of network operating system and server which enables the students to manage and administer the network resources. Objectives:- Intellectual Skills:- Students will be able to
1. Identify different network components. 2. Install, manage and administer the network. 3. Understand requirements of Windows Server 2008. 4. Use of resource sharing on network. 5. Manage different roles of Servers.
Motor Skills:-
1. Handling of Computer systems. 2. Handling of different network devices.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17061 IF5 36
Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principle Concepts Facts
Install, manage and administer Server based Network
Installation and Administration of Windows Server 2008, Configuring Active Directory Services, creating User account, monitoring performance of
Network.
Designing and configuring network
Managing, configuring, monitoring network resources.
Network Configuration
Planning and installing Network components
Understanding concept of wireless
network.
Networking devices, Windows Server 2008, Network monitoring software tools.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17061 IF5 37
Contents:
CChhaapptteerr Name of the Topic Hours
0011
Concepts Of Networking OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd bbaassiicc hhaarrddwwaarree && ssooffttwwaarree rreeqquuiirreemmeenntt ffoorr bbuuiillddiinngg aa
nneettwwoorrkk.. 1.1 Network configuration- Peer-to-Peer Network, Server based Network
- Network Topologies & Types. - Basic Network Media.
1.2 Planning & Installing Network Hardware - Types of Server- File, Print, Mail, Web & Database Servers. - Installing a NIC, Twisted Pair Cable, fiber optic Cable, Switches
etc.
02
0022
Windows Server 2008 OObbjjeeccttiivveess::-- TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd NNeettwwoorrkk ooppeerraattiinngg SSyysstteemm && CCoonncceepptt ooff AAccttiivvee
DDiirreeccttoorryy SSeerrvviicceess.. 2.1 Installing & Configuring Windows Server
- Checking System Requirements. - Choosing a File System. - Planning Partitions. - Deciding TCP/IP Configuration. - Choosing Workgroups or domains.
2.2 Dealing with Directory Services - Define directory services, (NDS), Windows NT Domains,
Microsoft Active Directory Service (ADS), X.500 Directory Access Protocol (DAP), and LDAP.
- Understanding ADS Structure, Objects, Domains, Organizational Units (OU), Trees, Forests.
04
0033
Managing User Accounts & Resource Services OObbjjeeccttiivveess::--
Managing user accounts, shared folders and network printers. 3.1 Understanding user accounts
- Creating a new user. - Setting user properties. - Deleting or disabling user accounts. - Working with groups:- Group types, Group Scope, Creating a Group & adding member to a Group. -Understanding Group Policies.
3.2 Managing Resource Services 3.2.1 Managing File Server:
- Understanding permissions, sharing files & folders, configuring File Server.
3.2.2 Managing Print server: - Network Printing Process. - Managing Shared Printer. - Adjustment Print Server settings.
04
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17061 IF5 38
0044
Configuring Dhcp And Dns OObbjjeeccttiivveess::--
TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd ccoonnffiigguurraattiioonn ooff DDHHCCPP aanndd DDNNSS.. 4.1 DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)
- Understanding DHCP- IP Address Assignment, DHCP Architecture. - Working with DHCP Server – Installing, configuring and
managing DHCP Server. 4.2 DNS (Domain Name System) –
-- Understanding DNS Names- Domain, domain-naming, top level domains, sub-domains, Name Resolution.
- Managing DNS server and DNS Clients
03
0055
Network Administration And Security OObbjjeeccttiivveess::--
TToo uunnddeerrssttaanndd nneettwwoorrkk aaddmmiinniissttrraattiioonn aanndd mmaaiinnttaaiinniinngg sseeccuurriittyy.. 5.1 Role of Network Administrator. 5.2 Use of Software tools for monitoring & administration of Network.
5.3 Securing user accounts. 5.4 Securing the Network using Firewall, Disabling unnecessary
Services. 5.5 Role of SNMP in Network Management. 5.6 Working with Windows-2008 backup software.
03
Total 16 List of Practicals:
Sr No. Name of Practical
1 Understand the networking in the laboratory and determination of various networking hardware and software components with their technical specification.
2 Install and Configure Network Interface card and configure TCP/IP in the laboratory.
3 Install Windows server 2008
4 Set up Domain Name System (DNS) Server and Install Active Directory Server on windows server 2008.
5 Creating and Managing user accounts in windows server 2008
6 Create folders and manage folders in windows server 2008
7 Configure and manage Print Services
8 Install and configure DHCP Server
9 Tuning and monitoring network system
10 Working with Windows Server 2008 Back up utilities and services.
11 Study of wireless network
12 Study of Cloud Computing as Network Infrastructure Component
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17061 IF5 39
Learning Resources: 1. Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
1. Mark Minasi Mastering Windows Server 2008 Wiley India 2. Hassell Windows Server 2008 : definitive guide Oreilly 3. Doug Lowe Networking for Dummies Wiley India 4. Richard Burke Network Management Concepts and practice. Pearson 5. Microsoft Press MCSE Training Kit Tata Mc graw Hill 6. George Reese Cloud Application architectures Oreilly
2. Web References:
1. www.snmp.com 2. www.triti.com 3. www.cisco.com
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17062 IF5 40
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CD/CM/CW/IF
Semester : Fifth for CO/CM/CW/IF and Sixth for CD
Subject Title : Professional Practices-III
Subject Code : 17062
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
-- -- 02 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50
Rationale:
A recent global research report has indicated that the Indian IT industry and academic
institute are expecting multifold growth in technical communication. An effective technical
communication helps students to express their ideas either orally or in writing technical reports.
Man’s main task in life is to give birth to himself to become what he potentially is. The
most important product of his effort is his own personality. Professional Practices helps to develop
student’s personality to get acquainted with industrial environment. This content enhances the
students for sharing knowledge technical competency, aiding education & information of career
opportunity.
Bigness comes from doing many small things such as Industrial visits, Expert lectures,
Seminars on technical topics, group discussions and by using techniques of information search
which helps the students to bridge the gap between industry and institute environment.
Objectives:
Intellectual Skills:
Students will be able to:
1. Acquire Information & Knowledge from different resources
2. Write the reports Industry Visits & Guest Lectures.
3. Deliver Seminars on a given topic which will help them to build self confidence &
Knowledge.
4. Interact with each other through group discussion.
5. Present the feedback of various activities.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17062 IF5 41
Learning Structure: Application
Procedure Principle Concept
Facts
To make effective use of knowledge & information for presentation, building confidence, stage daring & working in team to execute the task
Use of audio visual
presentations, Search information on Internet,
Journals, Magazines, Books & Market Survey.
Participating in group
discussions, Identifying Industries for visits, Identify
Guest Speakers.
Group formation, Expressing
views & ideas. Use of feedback, appropriate styles & skills.
Innovative Principles, principles
of Software Engineering & coding.
New techniques &
technological concepts, initiating communication &
enhancing soft skills.
Collecting information & organizing into reports,
substantiate innovative ideas into application. Analyze &
improve perception.
Industry visits, Guest lectures, Information Search, Group discussion & Seminar.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17062 IF5 42
Contents:
Activity Name of Activity
01
Industry Visit : (At least One) Industry visit should be arranged and each student should submit the technical report individually as a part of term work. Visits can be arranged in any industry which focuses on computer automation, data processing, computer network and computer control machine.
02
Guest Lectures : (Any Two) Guest lectures by industry experts, other professional are to be arranged from the following topics or any other suitable technical area. The brief report is to be submitted by individual student as part of term work.
a. 3 – D animation techniques. b. Stress management. c. IT Act 2008. d. Linux installation & administration. e. Resume writing & preparation of C.V. f. Introduction of “Python” programming language. g. Career opportunities in IT industry. h. Plastic Memory i. Psychological Personality Development. j. Managing emotional quotient k. Internet Marketing.
03
Information Search: (Any Two) Form a group of 2 students. Information should be collected from various resources like Internet, books, journals etc.on the following allocated topics or any other suitable topic suggested by teacher. Prepare Individual technical report on selected topics of 8-10 pages & deliver seminar on at least one topic.
a. Android O.S. of mobile systems. b. Autonomic computing to manage complexity of network components. c. Cloud computing – application (any one). d. Biometrics – in secure E-transactions. e. Pervasive Computing f. E – MINE: A novel web mining approach g. 4 G wireless systems h. Jini – advanced set of network protocols i. Parasitic Computing j. E – wallet k. Nano – technology and applications l. DNA computing m. Artificial neural networks & their applications.
04
Group Discussion : (Any One) Form a group of 5 students and write a brief report on selected topic as a part of term work.
Some of the suggested topics:- a. Role of UN in peace keeping b. Effect of cinema on youth c. Government contribution to IT d. Balance between professionalism & family e. Position of women India compare to other nations
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/04/2014 17062 IF5 43
f. Present state of Indian Cricket Team g. Is globalization really necessary? h. Is India growing spiritually? i. Any other suitable topic.
05
Prepare Yourself : (Any Two) Preparation towards Interview. Write a brief report on selected topic as a part of term work. a. Mock Interview b. Mock aptitude test & puzzle solving.(Attach answer paper) c. CV Preparation.(Attach CV).
06
Seminar: Form a group of 4 students Seminar should be on Final year Industrial Project synopsis & week wise plan for completion of project.
Each student shall submit a report of at least 10 pages and deliver a seminar. References:
1. Books on personality development & soft skills. 2. Engineering Subjects Reference books. 3. Journals & Magazines –IEEE journals, IT Technologies, PC Quest, Linux for You, CSI,
Computer Today etc. 4. Local News Paper. 5. Books on General Knowledge, Aptitude Test, Puzzle Solving by – R .S. Agarwal,
Shakuntala Devi 6. Websites - www.groupdiscussion.com - www. Seminarprojects.com
OR
Industrial Training (Optional) Students who have completed industrial training in summer vacation after 4th Semester will be
granted exemption for activities related to topic 1 to 4. Students shall submit a brief report on topic No. 5 of Professional Practices-III Student shall give seminar on industry training as activity No. 6. These students shall submit report of Industrial training signed and certified by authorities from
Industry. Evaluation will be done on seminar and report submitted by student. Note: For the students who have undergone industrial training of four weeks duration in the summer vacation of fourth semester will be assessed as follows: 1. Industrial Training report duly certified by competent authority in the industry: 30 Marks 2. Brief report on topic no. 5 05 Marks 3. Seminar on industrial training: 15 Marks
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 1
MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, MUMBAI TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR POST S.S.C. DIPLOMA COURSES
COURSE NAME : DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE : IF DURATION OF COURSE : 6 SEMESTERS WITH EFFECT FROM 2012-13 SEMESTER : SIXTH DURATION : 16 WEEKS PATTERN : FULL TIME - SEMESTER SCHEME : G
SR. NO. SUBJECT TITLE Abbrevi
ation SUB
CODE
TEACHING SCHEME
EXAMINATION SCHEME SW
(17600) PAPER HRS.
TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9) TH TU PR Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
1 Management $ MAN 17601 03 -- -- 1&½ 50#* 20 -- -- -- -- -- --
50
2 Mobile Computing MCO 17632 03 -- 02 03 100 40 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10 3 Advanced Java Programming β AJP 17625 03 -- 04 02 100#* 40 50# 20 -- -- 50@ 20 4 Elective (Any One) Fiber Optic Communication FOC 17633 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
Object Oriented Modeling and Design OOM 17630 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
5 Scripting Technology STE 17819 01 -- 04 -- -- -- 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10 6 Industrial Project β IPR 17817 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- 50# 20 50@ 20 7 Entrepreneurship Development β EDE 17818 01 01 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 25@ 10
TOTAL 14 01 16 -- 350 -- 150 -- 50 -- 200 -- 50 Student Contact Hours Per Week: 31 Hrs. THEORY AND PRACTICAL PERIODS OF 60 MINUTES EACH. Total Marks : 800 @- Internal Assessment, # - External Assessment, No Theory Examination, $ - Common to all branches, #* Online Examination, β - Common to CO/CM/CW/CD Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, OR-Oral, TW- Term Work, SW- Sessional Work. Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as
sessional work (SW). Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms. Code number for TH, PR, OR and TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17601 IF6 2
Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering / Technology
Course Code : EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ME/PG/PT/AE/CE/CS/CR/CO/CM/IF/
CW/EE/EP/EUCH/CT/PS/CD/ED/EI/CV/FE/IU/MH/MI/TX/TC/FG
Semester : Sixth for EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ME/PG/PT/AE/CE/CS/CR/
CO/CM/IF/CW/EE/EP/EUCH/CT/PS/TX/TC/FG and Seventh for
MH/MI/CD/ED/EI/ CV/FE/IU
Subject Title : Management
Subject Code : 17601
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- -- 1&½ 50#* -- -- -- 50
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale: Management concepts are universal and it is a multidisciplinary subject. They are equally applicable to different types industries like Manufacturing, Service and Trade as well as different kind of business activities like industry, army, school, hospital, retail shops etc. Also, at the end of diploma course polytechnic students are expected to enter in to the Industrial Environment. This environment is altogether different and new to the students. A proper introduction and understanding of management fundamentals is therefore essential for all these students. Contents of the this subject will enable the students to address various issues related to human resource, finance, materials, legislations etc. by use of basic principles of management. This will ensure that students will play their role effectively to enhance the quality of business output in total.
Objective: The students will able to:
1. Get familiarized with environment related to business processes. 2. Know the management aspects of the organisations. 3. Understand Role & Responsibilities of a Diploma engineer. 4. Understand importance of quality improvement techniques. 5. Appreciate need and importance of safety in industries. 6. Understand process of Industrial finance and its management. 7. Know the latest trends in industrial management.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17601 IF6 3
Learning Structure:
Application
Procedure
Concepts
Facts
Use management functions & techniques.
Realize importance of management process in Business.
Describe Business scenario.
Practice managerial traits. Know supervisory
responsibilities, time management & productivity
Exposure to world of work Information collection
regarding government functions, rules and regulations, regarding Business processes.
Case studies of management functions.
Role and Opportunity for technicians in Business world.
Responsibilities & Expectations from Technicians in Business Environment.
Globalization & WTO Modern methods of
management Value addition by efficient
management.
Roll of supervisor Managerial Traits Government Rules & Regulations and their implications.
Conventional Engineering & Business opportunities Changing Role & nature of employment. Developments in functions of
Business Management.
Review of Supervisory responsibilities
Time Management functions
Learning to learn management functions
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17601 IF6 4
Contents: Theory
Topic and contents Hours MarksTopic 1: Overview of Business Specific Objectives State various business types and sectors Describe importance of globalisation
1.1. Types of Business Service Manufacturing Trade
1.2. Industrial sectors Introduction to Engineering industry Process industry Textile industry Chemical industry Agro industry IT industry Banking, Insurance, Retail, Hospitality, Health Care
1.3 Globalization Introduction Advantages & disadvantages with respect to India
02 04
Topic 2: Management Process Specific Objectives State various management principles Describe different management functions
2.1 What is Management? Evolution Various definitions of management Concept of management Levels of management Administration & management Scientific management by F.W.Taylor
2.2 Principles of Management (14 principles of Henry Fayol) 2.3 Functions of Management
Planning Organizing Directing Controlling Decision Making
08 08
Topic 3: Organisational Management Specific Objectives Compare different forms of organisation , ownership for a specific
business Describe types of departmentation
3.1 Organization : Definition
08 08
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17601 IF6 5
Steps in organization 3.2 Types of organization
Line Line & staff Functional Project
3.3 Departmentation By product By process By function
3.4 Principles of Organisation Authority & Responsibility Span of Control Effective Delegation Balance ,stability and flexibility Communication
3.5 Forms of ownership Proprietorship Partnership Joint stock Co-operative Society Govt. Sector
Topic 4: Industrial Safety and Legislative Acts Specific Objectives Describe types of accidents & safety measures State provisions of industrial acts.
4.1 Safety Management Causes of accidents Types of Industrial Accidents Preventive measures Safety procedures
4.2 Industrial Legislation - Necessity of Acts Important Definitions & Main Provisions of following acts:
Indian Factory Act Workman Compensation Act Minimum Wages Act
08 06
Topic 5: Financial Management (No Numerical) Specific Objectives Explain functions of financial management State the sources of finance & types of budgets. Describe concepts of direct & indirect taxes.
5.1 Financial Management- Objectives & Functions 5.2 Capital Generation & Management
Types of Capitals - Fixed & Working Sources of raising Capital - Features of Short term, Medium Term &
Long Term Sources 5.3 Budgets and accounts
Types of Budgets
08 08
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17601 IF6 6
Fixed & Variable Budget - Concept Production Budget - Sample format Labour Budget - Sample format Profit & Loss Account & Balance Sheet - Meaning, sample format,
meaning of different terms involved. 5.4 Meaning & Examples of –
Excise Tax Service Tax Income Tax Value Added Tax Custom Duty
Topic 6: Materials Management (No Numerical) Specific Objectives Describe concept of inventory, ABC analysis & EOQ. Describe purchase functions & procedures State features of ERP & MRP
6.1 Inventory Concept, its classification, functions of inventory 6.2 ABC Analysis - Necessity & Steps 6.3 Economic Order Quantity Concept, graphical representation, determination
of EOQ 6.4 Standard steps in Purchasing 6.5 Modern Techniques of Material Management
Material Resource Planning (MRP) - Functions of MRP, Input to MRP, Benefits of MRP
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) - Concept, list of modules, advantages & disadvantages of ERP
08 08
Topic 7: Quality Management Specific Objectives State Principles of Quality Management Describe Modern Technique & Systems of Quality Management
7.1 Meaning of Quality Quality Management System – Activities, Benefits Quality Control - Objectives, Functions, Advantages Quality Circle - Concept, Characteristics & Objectives Quality Assurance – Concept, Quality Assurance System 7.2 Meaning of Total Quality and TQM Components of TQM – Concept, Elements of TQM, Benefits 7.3 Modern Technique & Systems of Quality Management like Kaizen,5’S’,6
Sigma 7.4 ISO 9001:2000 - Benefits, Main clauses.
06 08
Total 48 50
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17601 IF6 7
Learning Resources: Books: Sr. No Author Name of Book Publisher
01 Dr. O.P. Khanna Industrial Engineering & Management Dhanpat Rai & Sons New Delhi
02 Banga & Sharma Industrial Engineering & Management Khanna Publication
03 Dr. S.C. Saksena Business Administration & Management Sahitya Bhavan Agra
04 W.H. Newman E. Kirby Warren Andrew R. McGill
The process of Management Prentice- Hall
E Source: nptel.iitm.ac.in http://iete-elan.ac.in/subjects/amIndustrialMgmt.htm
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17632 IF6 8
Course Name : Diploma in Information Technology
Course Code : IF
Semester : Sixth
Subject Title : Mobile Computing
Subject Code : 17632
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 02 03 100 50# -- 25@ 175
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale:
Mobile computing is proving to be one of the most promising technological advances in computer science and engineering. Now it is a common place to see people sitting in hotels, meetings and open spaces checking their mails and appointments or chatting with friends. Thanks to mobile phones due to which we have moved from no one having access to the information, to everyone having access.
Mobile computing has revolutionized the way in which we work, connect and communicate to the world. Making information available from anywhere anytime is one set of challenges. Making information available all the time when the user is mobile and may be travelling is another set of challenges.
This subject will address these challenges and also discusses various communication technologies that facilitate mobile computing. This subject also provides the information about Android operating system which is becoming quite popular for high end mobile phones. Objectives: Students will be able to:
1. Understand cellular network concept. 2. Know wireless communication technologies used for mobile computing. 3. Know overall functioning of Global System for Mobile communications (GSM). 4. Understand call processing in GSM. 5. Understand GSM architecture 6. Understand GPRS architecture 7. Know 3G and 4G technologies 8. Know overview of Android mobile operating system.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17632 IF6 9
Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principle & Concepts Facts
Know GSM and GPRS technology, Know mobile O.S., Develop mobile applications for Android.
Call Processing, Architecture of GSM, Architecture of GPRS,
Security Techniques.
Hand-off, Base station, Mobile switching center, Android O.S.
Cell, channel, Interference, Wireless protocol, Multiplexing
Technique, Security
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17632 IF6 10
Theory:
Topic No. Contents Hours Marks
1
Introduction to Mobile Computing Objectives: Learn overview of Cellular Network. Know Mobile Computing Architecture. Understand different Cellular Concepts.
1.1 Introduction to Mobile Computing- Mobile Computing
Functions, Mobile Computing Devices, Mobile Computing Architecture, Evaluation of Wireless Technology.
1.2 Cellular Concepts- Frequency reuse, Channel assignment strategies, Handoff strategies. Interference and system capacity- Co-channel Interference, Adjacent channel Interference, Channel planning for wireless system, Power control for reducing Interference.
1.3 Improve coverage and capacity in cellular system- Cell splitting, Sectoring, Repeaters for range extension, A micro cell zone concept.
08 16
2
Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM) Objectives: Learn Services provided by GSM for Mobile User. Understand GSM Architecture. Learn Call Processing Techniques in GSM.
2.1 Introduction- GSM services and features, GSM architecture,
GSM channel types, Example of GSM Call: GSM to PSTN call, PSTN to GSM call.
2.2 GSM frame structure, Signal processing in GSM, Location tracking and call setup.
10 22
3
GSM Mobility Management Objectives: Learn Call Origination and Termination Procedure. Know Mobility Data Bases. Understand VLR Overflow Control Algorithm.
3.1 GSM location update, Mobility database, Failure Restoration:
VLR Failure Restoration, HLR Failure Restoration. 3.2 VLR Identification algorithm, VLR overflow control:
Algorithm 1. Registration, Algorithm 2 Cancellation, Algorithm 3 Call Origination, Algorithm 4 Call Termination.
08 18
4
General Radio Packet System (GPRS) Objectives: Understand GPRS Architecture. Learn GPRS Network Operations. Basic Concept of 3G and 4G Technology.
4.1 GPRS Architecture, GPRS Networks Nodes, GPRS Network
Operations, Data Services in GPRS, Applications and Limitations
08 16
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17632 IF6 11
of GPRS. 4.2 Introduction to 3G and 4G Technologies-UMTS, CDMA 2000,
Any one 4G Technology (Case Study).
5
Mobile Security Objectives: Understand need of Security. No different Security Techniques.
5.1 Information Security- Attacks, Component of Information
Security. 5.2 Security Techniques and Algorithms- Streams Ciphering and
Block Ciphering, Symmetric Key Cryptography, Public Key Cryptography.
5.3 Security Frame Works for Mobile Environment- 3GPP Security, Mobile VPN, Multifactor Security, Smart Card Security, Mobile virus, Mobile Worm.
08 16
6
Mobile Operating System Objectives: Know different Mobile Operating systems. Understand Android Architecture. Develop Android Based Applications.
6.1 Introduction to Mobile Operating System (Only features) -
Windows CE, Symbian OS, Linux for Mobile Devices, Android. 6.2 Android Overview, Android Architecture, Life Cycle of Android
Activity. 6.3 Android Tools Installation- JDK1.6, Eclipse Emulator, Android
SDK Starter Package, Create Android Based simple Program like Hello Android on Emulator.
06 12
Total 48 100 List of Practical:
Sr. No. Title of Experiment
1 Identify and understand different sections and components of Mobile Phone Unit and Perform Installation of SIM Card in Mobile Phone
2 Observe and analyze input/output signals of different sections of mobile phone.
3 Understand and perform handset charging functionality.
4 Perform mobile handset testing.
5 Read contents of SIM card.
6 Understand handoff, frequency reuse and cell splitting.
7 Installation of Android tools: Jdk 1.5 and above, Sdk Android starter package, Eclipse emulator.
8 Write a program to display “Hello” on emulator.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17632 IF6 12
9 Develop a small application to design a user interface. E.g. two text boxes and two buttons.
10 Develop a program to perform Encryption and Decryption using any programming language.
11 Prepare a report on features and services provided by different mobile service providers like Idea, Airtel etc.
12 Prepare a report on specifications of different handsets provided by different companies.
13 A # Industrial visit to mobile company-GSM (e.g. BSNL Airtel, BPL).
13 B # Develop a small Application using Eclipse for Android Phone
* To be transferred to Performa of CIAAN – 2011 (Performa D-4) # NOTE: In case of experiment no 13 any one of the experiment should be performed either industrial visit or Mini project. NOTE: First five experiments to be performed using specified GSM trainer kit. Learning Resources:
1. Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
1 Yi-Bang Lin, Imrich Chlamtac
Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture
Wiley India Edition (Wiley student edition)
2 Theodore S. Rappaport
Wireless Communications - Principles and Practice, Second edition Pearson
3 Asoke K. Talukder Mobile computing - Technology, applications and service creation, Second edition
Tata McGraw Hill Education
4 Prashant K Patra, Sanjit K Dash Mobile Computing, Second Edition Scitech Publication
5 Ed Burnette Hello, Android- Introducing Google’s Mobile Development Platform, Third Edition
Shroff Publishers and Distributors (SPD)
2. CDs, PPTs Etc.:
www.wiley.india.com (PPTs available) www.pearsoned.co.in (After Registration resources are available)
3. IS, BIS and International Codes: ISBN: 978-81-265-1560-8 ISBN: 978-81-317-3186-4 ISBN-13:978-0-07-011457-6 ISBN-10:978-0-07-011457-5 ISBN: 978-81-8371-457-0 ISBN-13:978-93-5023-292-7
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17625 IF6 13
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CM/CW/IF/CD
Semester : Sixth for CO/CM/CW/IF and Seventh for CD
Subject Title : Advanced Java Programming
Subject Code : 17625
Teaching and Examination Scheme
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 04 02 100#* 50# -- 50@ 200
Rationale:
Now days, Internet has touched every aspect of life. If we are not connected to internet, it is
like we are nowhere. Online presence is a must for businesses. If your enterprise is not online, you
are far behind. Web presence has dominated the businesses worldwide.
Java technology is more suitable for web applications development. It has market
dominance in the development of online applications. Java is the preferred choice of the
programmers and the enterprises globally.
This subject will equip the students with the required knowledge and the skill needed for the
development of robust, powerful and scalable enterprise level web applications. It gives students
hands-on experience on GUI Technologies viz. AWT and Swings, event handling mechanisms and
network programming. Security issues are also taken into considerations.
The most important aspect of web applications - Database Interaction - is also nicely
covered. The performance critical areas of the online applications which the Java technology deals
with the ease and in a flexible manner by the use of advanced server side components - servlets -
are also systematically covered. The students will be able to understand the concepts like servlet
chaining, filtering, sessions, cookies and the most important Applet - Servlet communication.
Students will also learn the JSP and the Java Beans.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17625 IF6 14
Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principles and Concepts Facts
Designing & implementing GUI based application using AWT & swings, networking applications using TCP/IP &UDP protocols, developing data base driven business application, developing dynamic web application using servlet and JSP
Designing and writing window based programs using different controls and layout managers
Writing efficient programs to handle events
Writing network base program using TCP/IP, UDP
Interacting with the database & making use of different models
Component & containers, application program and applet, AWT & swing controls, dialog boxes, file dialogue and managers
Events sources, event model, event listener
Events, delegation, event model, event sources, event listener, adopter and inner classes
Basics of networking, proxy server, instant addressing and security
Drivers, mangers, connection, statements, result set
AWT swings, components, contents window, controls, layout manager, MVC architecture
Network and security, socket, TCP/IP, UDP, URL , java.security, package
JDBC, database APIS, architecture, java.sqlpackage
Write servlets on JSP, making use of cookies and session tracking applet servlet communication
Servlets and its types, life cycle response rediarection, session and cookies, JSP and java beans
Servlet & JSP, servlet life cycle, session, cookies, java beans
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17625 IF6 15
Contents: Theory
Topic No. Name of the Topic Hours Marks
01
Introduction to Abstract Windowing Toolkit(AWT) & Swings Specific Objective To design & develop Graphical user interface (GUI)
programs using AWT and swing component. To arrange the GUI components using different layout
managers. 1.1 Component, container, window, frame, panel. 1.2 Creating windowed programs & applets. 1.3 AWT controls & layout managers
Understanding the use of AWT controls: labels, buttons, checkbox, checkbox group, scroll bars, text field, text area Understanding the use of layout managers: flowLayout, borderLayout, gridLayout, cardLayout, gridbagLayout, menubars, menus, dialog boxes, file dialog.
1.4 Introduction to swing Swing features, MVC Architecture, Combo Boxes, progress bar, tool tips, seperator, tables, trees, toggle button.
16 24
02
Event Handling Specific Objective To write event driven programs using the delegation event
model. To write programs using adapter classes & the inner classes.
2.1 The delegation Event Model Event sources, Event listeners, Event classes. The Action Event class, The Component Event class, the Container Event class, the Focus Event class, the Item Event class, the Key Event class, the Mouse Event class, the Text Event class, the Window Event class. 2.2 Adapter classes 2.3 Inner classes 2.4 Event listener interfaces The ActionListener Interface, the ComponentListener Interface, the ContainerListener Interface, the FocusListener Interface, the ItemListener Interface, the KeyListener Interface, the MouseListener Interface, the MouseMotion Interface, the TextListener Interface, the WindowsListener Interface, the WindowFocusListener Interface
10 20
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17625 IF6 16
03
Networking & Security Specific Objective: To learn the Java’s built in support for network programming. To write program to demonstrate connectivity through
software SOCKETS, TCP, ISP, URL and the Java security package.
3.1 Basics of Networking Socket, IP, TCP, UDP, Proxy Server, Internet Addressing 3.2 The InetAddress Class Factory methods Instance methods 3.3 TCP/IP Sockets Socket, Server Socket, methods 3.4 URL URL Connection, http, URL Connection methods, creating &
using TCP/IP client & server 3.5 Security with Java: Theoretical introduction to java.security Package Permission class Policy class
08 16
04
Interacting with Database Specific Objective : To create database driven business applications using the
database API’S two tier and three tier models and the Java.Sql package
4.1 JDBC, ODBC, & Other APIS JDBC two tier & three tier models 4.2 Connecting to Database Driver Interface, Driver Manager class, Connection Interface, Statement Interface, the java.sql.package Establishing connection & retrieving information Resultset interface.
06 20
05
Servlets & JSP Specific Objectives : To write web based applications using servlets, JSP and Java
Beans. To write servlet for cookies and session tracking.
5.1 Servlet Type of Servlet, Servlet life cycle. 5.2 Using servlets, response redirection. 5.3 Basic concepts of sessions, cookies & session tracking 5.4 Introduction to servlet chaining & filters, Introduction to applet
servlet communication. 5.5 JSP, expression, directives& declarations, Life cycle of a JSP page TLD & JSTL, Java beans.
08 20
Total 48 100
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17625 IF6 17
List of Practical: Sr. No. Title of Experiment No. of
Hours
1 Write a program to design a form using the components textfield, label, checkbox, button, list. 2
2 Write a program to demonstrate the use of Border layout showing four buttons at four sides of an applet with captions left, right, top and bottom. 2
3 Write a program using AWT to create a menubar in a frame where menubar contains menu items such as File, Edit, View and the submenu under the File menu item should contain New and Open
2
4 Write a program using swing to display a JcomboBox in an applet with the items – cricket, football, hockey, tennis 2
5 Write a program to create a Jtree and recognize mouse clicks on it. 4 6 Write a program to create a JTable On JApplet Window. 4 7 Write a program to display the key pressed on Applet Window. 4
8 Write a program to perform addition of two nos. make use of textfield and button. 4
9 Write a program making use of Adapter class. 4 10 Write a program to retrieve hostname and IP Address in InetAddress class. 4
11 Write a program to use URL connection class and display 1) Protocol 2) HostName 3) PortNumber 4) File Name. 4
12 Write a program that demonstrates TCP/IP based communication between Client and Server. Client send “HELLO” to Server and Server replies “HI…” to Client.
4
13 Write a program to send data to Table “XYZ” in database using prepared statement and retrieve data from same Table “XYZ” and display on screen. 4
14 Write a Servlet to display the user name and password accepted from the client. 4
15 Write a Servlet for demonstrating the concept of Session and Cookie. 4 16 Write a simple Program to design a login JSP pages. 4 17 Mini Project 8
Total Hours 64 Learning Resources: Books to be referred: Sr. No Author Title Publisher
1 Herbert Sheild Complete Reference Tata McGraw 2 Kogent learning Solution Advance JAVA DreamTech Press 3 Sharnam Shah & Vaishali Shah Java EE6 for Beginners SPD
4 Kogent learning Solution Java Server Programming Black Book DreamTech Press
Practical Contents: Student will install the following software under the guidance of their Teacher.
1) JDK 1.5 or higher, JRE ( JAVA SOFTWARE) 2) NetBeans (or any IDE) 3) Database (any one ) 4) Tomcat web Server 5) Special attention on Servlet and JSP from Projects point of view.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17633 IF6 18
Course Name : Diploma in Computer Engineering
Course Code : CO
Semester : Sixth
Subject Title : Fiber Optic Communication (Elective)
Subject Code : 17633
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale:
Fiber optics is a branch of optics that deals with the study of propagation of light. We are living in an “Information Age” where efficient transfer of information is highly relevant. Traditional communication links are incapable of satisfying the demand for this information due to limitations imposed by the bandwidth constraints. Fiber optic systems are going to form the means of information transfer and hence have a very important role in the development of every sphere of life.
It is an applied technology subject that deals with the basic principles of transferring information with light as the carrier, the techniques involved and the relevant opto-electronic devices that facilitate the communication of information through the fiber optic technology. Objectives: The student will be able to
1. Understand the construction and working of fiber optic cable, light detectors and light sources.
2. Understand the reasons for loss of information in a FOC (Fiber Optic Cable). 3. Set up a fiber optic communication link for transmitting analog / digital signals. 4. Test the performance of the established link.
Intellectual Skills:
1. Identifying, Recording, Analysis. 2. Evaluation 3. Graphical analysis
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17633 IF6 19
Motor Skills: 1. Testing 2. Set up a fiber optic link for analog and digital signal transmission
Learning Structure: Application Procedures Principles Concepts Facts
To establish a fiber optic communication link that will have minimum noise & losses
Optical communication systems
Hybrid optical systems, Optical networking
Theory of light
Fiber Optic connections
Communication, Bandwidth limitation, optical fiber cable, optical source, optical detectors
Snell’s Law, Laws of refection, refraction, total internal reflection Numerical Aperture,
Acceptance angle.
Alignment of fibers & Joint Loss
Measurement
Photo emission
Photo Detection
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17633 IF6 20
Contents: Theory
Topic No. Contents Hours Marks
1
Introduction Specific Objectives: State the need for fiber Optic communication Understand the advantages of FOC List the standards relevant with optical fiber communication
1.1 Need for fiber optic communication 1.2 Block diagram of a fiber optic communication system. 1.3 Advantages of optical fiber communication over Conventional
electrical communication. 1.4 Spectral band designations used in optical fiber
Communications. 1.5 Standard for optical fiber communication - Primary, Component
Testing , system standards
04 08
2
Optical Fiber Specific objectives Identify a fiber optic cable, Understand the structure and propagation of light along the
fiber Understand the fabrication of fiber and the signal loss in
fiber.
2.1 Basic Laws of optics. Reflection, Refraction, Absorption, Radiation, Scattering, Dispersion & polarization of light. 2.2 Refractive index, critical angle. 2.3 Numerical aperture & acceptance angle. 2.4 Fiber optic cable fabrication. 2.5 Classification of optical fibers on index profile and mode Profile. 2.6 Mechanical properties of fiber. 2.7 Losses in optical fibers.
Absorption Losses Scattering Losses Chromatic Losses Bending loss Attenuation
2.8 Signal distortion Inter-modal Dispersion.
12 24
3
Optical Sources and optical detectors. Specific Objectives Identify the light sources and detectors and understand their
characteristics 3.1 Concept of Absorption, spontaneous emission, stimulated
emission. 3.2 Optical Sources
Light Emitting Diode (LED) – Edge Emitting LEDs. Surface Emitting LEDs.
16 28
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17633 IF6 21
LED construction, working principle and characteristics of LED.
LED spectral Bandwidth. Advantages and Disadvantages of LED.
LASER- Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission and Radiation. Types of LASER – Solid laser, Liquid laser, Gas laser, Ruby laser, YAG Laser, He-Neon laser, carbon dioxide laser, GaAs injection laser.
Laser diode construction, working principle and characteristics of laser diode.
Performance characteristics of Laser diode. Threshold current. Efficiency Noise Spectral width Reliability Comparison of LED and LASER Diode
3.3 Optical detectors. Photo diode- construction, working and characteristics,
Advantages, disadvantages. PIN photodiode- construction, working and advantages,
disadvantages. Avalanche photodiode - construction, working and characteristics, advantages, disadvantages. Comparison of
different optical detectors. Device characteristics: Responsivity, Dark current, photo
detector noise
4
Optical fiber Connections. Specific Objectives To connect fibers and understand the various methods of
splicing. To understand fiber couplers, their types and the function of
optical Isolators and circulators 4.1 Fiber alignment and joint loss
Longitudinal misalignment Lateral misalignment. Angular misalignment.
Joint Loss. 4.2 Fiber splices.
Fusion splice Mechanical splice. Multiple splices.
Comparison of fiber splices 4.3 Fiber connectors.
Types of fiber connectors. SMA, FDDI, DR, ST, SC, FC. 4.4 Fiber Couplers.
Classification - core interaction type
08 20
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17633 IF6 22
Surface interaction type. 4.5 Optical isolators and circulators. 4.6 Optical Time domed reflectometer.
5
Optical communication system. Specific Objectives To understand and apply the principles of fiber optic
systems. 5.1 Wave division multiplexing. 5.2 Optical analog systems - block diagram 5.3 Optical digital systems - block diagram. 5.4 Hybrid multi channel analog and digital optical system. 5.5 Undersea optical systems. 5.6 Fundamentals of Optical networking (SONET)
08 20
Total 48 100 List of Practical: Sr. No. Title of Experiment No. of Hours
1 To observe and study the dimension, material used and specification of different types of optical fiber cables. 02
2 To measure the input / output voltages for the transmission of analog and digital signal through a fiber optics transmitter - receiver system. 02
3 To measure numerical aperture and acceptance angle of a FOC 04 4 To measure attenuation and bending losses in a fiber optic system. 04
5 To study graphically the radiation emission patterns of LED ( Red, Green Blue) 04
6 To study graphically the radiation emission patterns of laser diode. 04 7 To draw the characteristics of PIN diode and measure its dark current 04 8 To draw the characteristics of APD and measure its dark current 04 9 To demonstrate the use of any two fiber connectors. 04
Learning Resources: 1. Books:
Sr. No. Author Title Publisher Edition
1 Gerd Keiser Optical Fiber Communications McGraw Hill 4th 2 Harold Kolimbiris Fiber Optics Communication Pearson --
3 John. M.Senior Optical Fiber Communication Principles & Practice Pearson 3rd
4 R.P.Khare Fiber Optics & Opto electronics Oxford -- 5. Kushal Roy Advanced Optical Fiber Communication Scitech --
2. CDs, PPTs Etc.:
1) www.thefoa.org/PPT/HSintro.ppt 2) www.mhhe.com/engcs/electrical/keiser/ppt.mhtml 3) tcil-india.com/new/new_site/white%20paper/OFC_presentation.ppt
3. Websites:
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fiber-optic_communication communication.howstuffworks.com/fiber-optic-communications/fibe...
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17630 IF6 23
Course Name : Diploma in Information Technology
Course Code : IF
Semester : Sixth
Subject Title : Object Oriented Modeling and Design (Elective)
Subject Code : 17630
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale:
Modeling plays an important role in designing of an application. The real world scenarios
and customer needs are mapped to models for an implementation. This subject presents an object
oriented approach to software development. It facilitates to build a language independent design.
Modeling is an essential part of large software projects. Modeling promotes better understanding of
requirements, design a solution to the problem and then software implementation. Graphical
notations used to model a variety of systems help the developer to visualize a problem before
implementation. Object Oriented Modeling is more than just a way of programming
General Objectives:
Student will be able to
1. Understand object oriented concepts.
2. Capture high level requirement into modeling concepts.
3. Ensure user’s need.
4. Create custom UML profile to accurately model different system domains.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17630 IF6 24
Learning Structure: Application Procedures
Principles Concepts
Facts
Design and development of object oriented systems as per user requirements
Object Modeling UML diagrams such as use case, class, sequence, activity, state, component and deployment diagrams
Principles of object oriented programming
Principles of Design tools
Structural Modeling Principles
Behavioral Modeling Principles
Object Oriented programming Concepts
UML concepts
Modeling Concepts
Object Oriented Methodology, UML Notations
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17630 IF6 25
Contents:
Topic and Contents Hours Marks Topic 1: Importance of Modeling Specific Objectives: State importance of modeling State principles of modeling
Contents: Object Orientation Object Oriented Development and Themes - OO methodology,
Three Models OO Themes: Abstraction, Encapsulation, Combining data and
behavior Modeling as Design techniques - Brief overview of OMT by
Rumbaugh, Importance of Modeling, Four principles of Modeling Introducing the UML – overview, conceptual model, architecture,
software development lifecycle
06 16
Topic 2: Class Modeling Specific Objectives: Define objects and classes Define relationship among classes Draw Class diagrams
Contents: 2.1 Object and Class Concepts (12M)
Objects, Classes, Class Diagrams Values and Attributes Operations and Methods Link and Association concepts -Links and Associations,
Multiplicity, Association and Names, Ordering ,Association Classes, Qualified Association
Generalization and Inheritance -Use of Generalization, Sample Class Model
2.2 Multiplicity, Aggregation and Object Modeling (12M) Multiplicity, Aggregation Aggregation Versus Association Propagation of operations Multiple Inheritance ,Metadata and Constraints-Metadata,
Constraints on objects and links Object modeling Object instances Sample Object Model
12 24
Topics 3: Basic Behavioral Modeling Specific Objectives: Define relationship among use cases Draw use case diagrams Draw sequence diagrams
Contents: 3.1 Use case Diagram (12M)
Notations for Use case diagram – use cases, Actors, Communication lines, System boundaries
Use case relationships - Include and extend, Use case generalization
12 24
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17630 IF6 26
Sample use case diagrams 3.2 Sequence Diagrams (12M)
Notations for Sequence diagram – Objects/ Participants, Time, events, Activation Bars , signals , message arrows, synchronous and asynchronous messages, return message, create and destroy message
Structured control – optional, conditional, parallel, loop execution Sample sequence diagrams
Topics 4: Advanced Behavioral Modeling Specific Objectives: Define communication among activities Draw activity diagram Draw state chart diagram
Contents: 4.1 Activity Diagram (12M)
Notations for Activity Diagram – Actions and Activity nodes, initialization and completion, Decisions, Join and fork
Doing multiple tasks at the same time -Swim lanes Sample Activity Diagram
4.2 State Diagram (12M) Notations for State diagram – initial state, final state, transitions and
conditions, activity, event, Nested state diagram, concurrent / composite state diagram Sample state diagram
12 24
Topics 5: Architectural modeling Specific Objectives: Define components, nodes Draw component diagram Draw deployment diagram
Contents: 5.1 Component Diagram (4M)
Notations for component Diagram – component and interfaces, ports, connectors
Sample Component Diagram 5.2 Deployment Diagram (8M)
Notations for Deployment diagram – nodes, artifacts, node instances, communication between nodes,
Sample Deployment diagram
06 12
Total 48 100
Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills: Students will be able
1. To apply different logic to solve given problem.
2. To apply the UML to solve a number of common modeling problem
3. To model system from concept to executable artifacts using object oriented techniques.
Motor Skills:
1. Proper handling of computer system
2. Developing art of technical drawing
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17630 IF6 27
List of Practical:
1. Analyze and design the UML diagrams for the following systems (minimum3)
ATM system
Railway/Airline reservation system
Library management system
Hospital management system and other similar systems
Learning Resources:
1. Books:
Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
1 Blaha and Rumbaugh Object oriented modeling and design with UML 2.0 (Second Edition) Pearson
2 Booch, Rumbaugh, Jacobson
The unified modeling language user guide (Second Edition) Pearson education
3 Miles and Hamilton Learning UML 2.0 SPD O’REILLY
2. Websites:
http://www.uml-diagrams.org/index-examples.html (refer for case studies) http://www.tutorialspoint.com/uml/uml_class_diagram.htm http://math-cs.gordon.edu/courses/cs211/ATMExample/ http://uml-tutorials.trireme.com/
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17819IF6 28
Course Name : Diploma in Information Technology
Course Code : IF
Semester : Sixth
Subject Title : Scripting Technology
Subject Code : 17819
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
01 -- 04 -- -- 50# -- 25@ 75
NOTE:
Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.
Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be
entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).
Rationale:
In today’s world highly interactive websites have become effective way for ecommerce and advertising activities. JSP is the newer and better way to develop applications and deliver data to the users. It gives developers a simple yet powerful framework for creating Internet delivered applications and data. It provides a more convenient way to write/modify and present dynamically generated contents on Web Pages. This subject is designed for providing students hands on skills on how to build server side Java based applications as well as write client side scripts using JavaScript which is essential for instant validation. Objectives: Students will be able to:
1. Configure and manage Web Servers. 2. Integrating Web Technologies. 3. Write client side validation code with JavaScript. 4. Use elements of JSP for server side coding. 5. Develop interactive websites. 6. Write code using session management and thread management using JSP. 7. Write code for handling Events. 8. Establish database connectivity through JSP.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17819IF6 29
Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principle Concepts Facts
Developing Interactive websites.
Web Server Installation, Script Writing, Debugging, execution
Multithreading, Session Handling and providing interactiveness
Dynamic Webpages, Interactive Websites’, JSP Syntax, Semantics, Object Oriented Fundamentals
Server, Client and Java Programming
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17819IF6 30
Contents:
TopicNo. Name of Topic/Sub topic Hrs.
1
Introduction to Web Programming Environment Objectives : Understand Importance of Client and server side scripting. Able to integrate JavaScript with a webpage.
1.1 Evolution of HTTP : HTTP Specification 1.2 Overview of Scripting, Introduction to Client Side Scripting and server
side 1.3 Understanding Java Script 1.4 About Dynamic HTML (DHML) 1.5 Selecting a Development Environment for Java Script, JavaScript
keywords, Including Inline script. 1.6 HTML and Java Script Integrating Script under the <head> tag, Integrating
Script under the <body> tag, Importing the External Java Script, storing data in variables, Passing Function Arguments and recognizing variable scope.
1.7 Doing arithmetic, Assigning and comparing values, assigning logic, examining conditions and setting precedence.
02
2
Elements of Javascript and Basic Building Blocks Objectives : Write JavaScript using various components. Write JavaScript for displaying various dialog messages.
2.1 Element Of JavaScript: JavaScript Statements (branching and looping) for
controlling flow. 2.2 Employing Objects: Creating, Extending object and creating and adding
array objects and elements, looping through the elements, Joining and slicing arrays, sorting array elements and catching exceptions.
2.3 Time: Date and Time components extracting and setting Date and Time. Working with numbers and strings Comparing numbers, working with
floating point numbers, random numbers, uniting, splitting strings, finding characters in strings and setting numbers from string.
2.4 Referencing the window object: Introducing DOM, inspecting window properties, Displaying dialog messages, Scrolling and moving positions, opening new window, querying the browser, discovering what is enabled, controlling location and travelling through history.
02
3
Document Interaction, Event Handling and Forms Objectives : Write JavaScript for interacting with the document. Write JavaScript for event handling. Process HTML forms and create dynamic effects.
3.1 Interacting with the Document: Extracting document info, addressing
component arrays and component direct, setting and retrieving cookies and writing with JavaScript
3.2 Responding to user actions: Reacting to window events, responding to button clicks, acknowledging key strokes, recognizing mouse moves, Identifying focus
02
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17819IF6 31
TopicNo. Name of Topic/Sub topic Hrs.
3.3 Processing HTML forms : Applying values, Polling radio and checkboxes, choosing options, reacting to form changes, submitting valid forms
3.4 Creating dynamic effects: Swapping backgrounds, Toggling visibility, rotating image source, enlarging thumbnails, Animating elements.
4
JSP Introduction, Basic Elements, Objects, Data Control and Beans Objectives : Understand the advantages of JSP and Server Side scripting. Write JSP code and set various properties. Understand and use JSP objects and error handling.
4.1 JSP Overview, Advantages and Disadvantages JSP Syntax and Semantics: The JSP Development Model, components of JSP page. Expressions, Scriplets and Declarations: Expressions, Scriplets, Declarations. Request Dispatching: Anatomy of Request Processing, Including Other Resources.
4.2 Action elements : The useBean element, setProperty and getProperty elements, include element, forward element, plug-in element, optional plug-in elements
4.3 Implicit JSP objects and error Handling: The request object, response object, application object, session object, out object, Exception objects, More implicit objects. Handling elements, scriplets syntax and runtime errors and debugging.
4.4 Data Control and User Recognition: Separating display and logic, setting scope for shared data, sharing request data, application data, session data, session tracking and considering server memory.
4.5 Creating JavaBeans: What is a JavaBean? Adding a bean to the JSP page, Accessor Method and Mutator Method, setting the properties of the Bean (Bound, Constrained and Indexed), accessing the properties of the Beans.
04
5
JSP Tag Extensions Objectives: Understand and use JSP tags. Understand the Tag handler life cycle.
5.1 Introduction to Custom Tags: Why Custom Tags, Developing your first
Custom Tag, How Tag handlers, Works, tag Libraries, The Tag Handler API, The Tag, Handler Life Cycle, Defining Tag Attributes, the iteration of Tag interface, The Body tag Handler API.
5.2 Expression Language: What is EL? EL syntax, Functions. 5.3 The JSP Standard Tag Library (JSTL): Getting started with JSTL, Core
Tags, XML Tags, SQL Tags, Formatting Tags. 5.4 Simple Tag Extensions, Tag Files, and JSP Fragments: JSP Fragments,
The Simple Tag Interface, Tag Files.
02
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17819IF6 32
TopicNo. Name of Topic/Sub topic Hrs.
6
JSP Applications Objectives:
a) Understand database access through JSP with JDBC. b) Understand the creation of data Source. c) Test and debug JSP code with JDBC connectivity.
6.1 Connecting to a Database Using JNDI dataSource, the statement Interfaces,
Result Sets. 6.2 Connecting to a Database Using JNDI dataSource, the statement Interfaces,
Result Sets. 6.3 JSP Testing and Debugging: Building a Mental Model, Testing in Isolation,
Debugging Tools.
04
Total 16 Note: Theory Part shall cover in practical session LCD is necessary to teach this subject, without which effective teaching is not possible. List of Practical:
Sr. No. Title of Experiment No. of
Hours 1 Installation and configuration of Web Server.(preferably Apache Tomcat) 02
2
a. Write a JavaScript to display “Hello! World” and find the client browser name.
b. Write a JavaScript to call a remote JavaScript at some address. c. Write a JavaScript to call a function if condition 1 is equals 0 is true
otherwise write a message “Good! Morning” in alert box and exit. d. Illustrate different form of “for loop”.
02
3 Write a JavaScript code for implementing Date object, Math object, Array object, Document object and Event object. 02
4
a. Design a suitable form and validate it using a JavaScript at client side. b. Write a HTML code to design a form with three radio buttons red, green
blue. Write a JavaScript code that will change the background color of the page when user click on particular button.
02
5 a. Write a program for demonstration of Generic Servlets. b. Write a program for demonstration of HTTP Servlets. c. Write a simple JSP program and monitor the corresponding Servlet class.
02
6 a. Write a simple JSP program for Demonstrating use of all basic elements. b. Write a simple JSP program for Demonstrating use of expressions,
declarations. 04
7 a. Write a JSP program for Demonstrating use of request dispatching. b. Write a simple JSP program for Demonstration of Session Management. c. Write a simple JSP program for Demonstration of Thread Management.
04
8 a. Write a JSP program for Demonstration of Event Listeners. b. Write a JSP program for Demonstration of Filters. 04
9 Write a JSP programs for Demonstration of all tags covered in chapter. 06
10 Write a JSP program for Demonstration of connecting to database using JDBC and JNDI data Source. 04
Total 32
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17819IF6 33
Note: For conducting practicals actual program statements should be framed by respective faculty. Learning Resources:
1. Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
1 Phill Hanna The Complete Refernce: JSP 2.0 Tata-McGraw Hill
2 Deven N. Shah A Complete Guide to Internet and Web Programming DREAMTECH
3 Mice Mcgrath JavaScript in easy steps Tata-McGraw Hill
4 Mice Mcgrath Java Server Pages in easy steps Tata-McGraw Hill
5 Hans Bergsten Java Server Pages O’Reilly
6 Mathew Siple Java Database Programming Tata Mc-Graw Hill
2. Web Resources ,CDs, PPTs Etc.: http://www.wileyindia.com (PPTs available)
http://www.jsptut.com/
http://www.roseindia.net/jsp/jsp.shtml
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17817 IF6 34
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CM/IF/CW/CD
Semester : Sixth for CO/CM/IF/CW and Seventh for CD
Subject Title : Industrial Project
Subject Code : 17817
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL
-- -- 04 -- -- -- 50# 50@ 100
Rationale:
In the field of Computer and Information Technology various technologies (hardware and
Software) needs to be integrated and proper paradigms needs to be implemented to develop any
kind of computer applications . Hence it becomes essential to get hands on experience for
developing industrial applications. This subject is essential to understand the implementation of the
system development process i.e. analyse, design, coding, debugging and testing. This will help the
students to acquire skills and attitudes to work as programmer, Network administrator, Technical
assistant.
Furthermore the student will be able to find out various sources of technical information and
develop self-study techniques to prepare a project and write a project report.
General Objectives:
The students should be able to:
1. Work in Groups, Plan the work, and Coordinate the work.
2. Develop leadership qualities.
3. Develop Innovative ideas.
4. Practically implement the acquired knowledge.
5. Develop basic technical Skills by hands on experience.
6. Document and Write project report.
7. Develop skills to use latest technology in Computer/Information Technology field.
8. Analyse the different types of Case studies.
9. Testing of software and hardware.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17817 IF6 35
10. Maintaining systems and accessories.
Learning Structure:
Application Procedure Concepts Facts
Designing, implementing, debugging and testing software and / hardware systems .Apply Knowledge for developing reliable and efficient customized applications Prepare ER, Data Flow, State transition diagram as applicable. . Prepare Project Report and Coding Specifications.
Identification of Project, Analysis, Designing and Testing, Performance Analysis, Costing, etc.
Information Gathering Techniques, Presentation Techniques, Basic Engg. Skills, Application type, Utility Area etc.
Programming Paradigms, Data Structures, Hardware Configuration, Software Application, Standards of coding, CMM Levels
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17817 IF6 36
Note: 1. One Project from any one of the following groups. 2. Form a group of maximum four students. Contents: Two hours should be allotted for giving the Instructions for preparing a Project Report (Refer
Guideline Document for Format of Project Report)
Group Projects
Software Oriented Projects
1. Develop Application Software for Hotels / Hospital / Shopping Mall / Cinema Theatre / Commercial Complex / Educational Institute / Industrial Complex / utility services on Mobile / smart phones, mobile phone games, GIS, GSM, CDMA coding for various applications.
2. Develop In-house Systems. 3. Case Studies Related to Industries - Operation / Maintenance /
Repair and Fault Finding. (Refer Guideline Document). 4. Develop Information Processing System. 5. Develop Web Based Applications using Web Technologies. 6. Develop Network monitoring system. 7. Develop systems for financial organisation. 8. Develop System Program based system like compilers, editors,
spreadsheets, mini database systems. 9. Develop mobile phone based software to transfer pathological data to
smart phone of Doctor to take second opinion before prescription 10. Design and Implement Disaster Management software by taking help
from Gigapan images which are coming from floated cameras in the cyclones.
11. Design and implement software to check virus and malware of mobile phones
12. Design local language operating system/Graphical User Interface for Tablet PC.
13. Design wearable computers for the physically challenged person. We are assuming that due some accident persons vision is blurred. Here microphone should whisper in the ear of this person by taking input from camera images and anaysing and recognizing places and persons. Here we are assuming wearable computer means with spectacle mountable monitors and wallet size CPU.
Hardware Oriented Projects
1. Develop Intrusion Detection System(IDS) and Intrusion Prevention System(IPS)
2. Develop Speech Recognition System. Focus should be on Machine learning.
3. Develop Image Processing Systems. 4. Develop Expert Systems. Here use cognative concept. 5. Develop Artificial Intelligence based Systems. Use neural network
concept here. 6. Develop various types of Interfacing Applications. 7. Develop device Controllers. 8. Design and implement energy saving devices for example people
sensing fans and auto-off at the railway station, bus station 9. Holiday sensing traffic light controllers, which will modify
automatically traffic lights time according to number of vehicles. We are assuming on holidays traffic is heavy.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17817 IF6 37
10. Create panoramic images using Gigapan cameras. This camera is giving various frames.
11. Design automatic human body vital parameters by sensors to dignose the human.
12. Design cheaper night vision camera suitable for military operations. Keep program in the microcontrollers to process images.
13. Design operating system for washing machine or refrigerator. This is based on RTOS.
Seminar Seminar on any relevant latest technical topic based on latest research, recent trends, new methods and developments in the field of Computer Engineering / Information Technology.
Learning Resources: 1. Magazines:
2. Website:
Using any search engine, such as http://www.google.co.in/ the relevant information can be
searched on the Internet.
Sr. No. Magazines 1. IEEE Transactions/Journals
2. Computer Today.
3. PC Quest.
4. Data Quest
5. Any Journal Related to Computer/Information Technology/Electronics field.
6. Computer World
7. Chip
8. IT World
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17818 IF6 38
Course Name : Computer Engineering Group
Course Code : CO/CM/IF/CW/CD
Semester : Sixth for CO/CM/IF/CW and Seventh for CD
Subject Title : Entrepreneurship Development
Subject Code : 17818
Teaching and Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
TH TU PR PAPER HRS. TH PR OR TW TOTAL
01 01 02 -- -- -- -- 25@ 25
Rationale:
Globalization, liberalization & privatization along with revolution in Information
Technology, have thrown up new opportunities that are transforming lives of the masses.
Talented and enterprising personalities are exploring such opportunities & translating
opportunities into business ventures such as- BPO, Contract Manufacturing, Trading, Service
sectors etc. The student community also needs to explore the emerging opportunities. It is
therefore necessary to inculcate the entrepreneurial values during their educational tenure. This
will help the younger generation in changing their attitude and take the challenging growth
oriented tasks instead of waiting for white- collar jobs. This subject will help in developing the
awareness and interest in entrepreneurship and create employment for others.
Objectives:
Students will be able to
1) Identify entrepreneurship opportunity.
2) Acquire entrepreneurial values and attitude.
3) Use the information to prepare project report for business venture.
4) Develop awareness about enterprise management.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17818 IF6 39
Learning Structure:
Application
Procedure
Concepts and Principles
Facts
Use basic concepts, principles, and procedures related to
Information gathering for opportunity Product / Service Finalization as Business Opportunity Project report preparation & Project execution
Information Gathering, Opportunity Identification, Formulation of Business Plan, Running Enterprise successfully - Planning Resources, Enterprise, Budgeting, Study modern trends in business
Entrepreneur, Entrepreneurial Processes, Motivation, Barriers, Business Plan, Small Scale Enterprises,
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17818 IF6 40
Topic Name of Topic Hours
01
Entrepreneurship, Creativity & Opportunities Concept, Classification & Characteristics of Entrepreneur Creativity and Risk taking, Risk Situation, Types of risk & risk
takers. Business Reforms. Process of Liberalization. Reform Policies. Impact of Liberalization. Emerging high growth areas. Business Idea Methods and techniques to generate business idea. Transforming Ideas in to opportunities transformation involves Assessment of idea &Feasibility of opportunity SWOT Analysis
03
02
Information and Support Systems Information Needed and Their Sources: Information related to project, Information related to support
system, Information related to procedures and formalities Support Systems Small Scale Business Planning, Requirements. Govt. & Institutional Agencies, Formalities Statutory Requirements and Agencies.
02
03
Market Assessment Marketing - Concept and Importance Market Identification, Survey Key components Market Assessment
02
04
Business Finance & Accounts Business Finance
Cost of Project Sources of Finance Assessment of working capital Product costing Profitability Break Even Analysis Financial Ratios and Significance
Business Account Accounting Principles, Methodology Book Keeping Financial Statements Concept of Audit
03
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17818 IF6 41
05
Business Plan & Project Report Business plan steps involved from concept to commissioning
Activity Recourses, Time, Cost Project Report Meaning and Importance Components of project report/profile (Give list)
5.1) Project Appraisal
1) Meaning and definition 2) Technical, Economic feasibility 3) Cost benefit Analysis
03
06
Enterprise Management And Modern Trends Enterprise Management:
Essential roles of Entrepreneur in managing enterprise Product Cycle: Concept and importance Probable Causes Of Sickness Quality Assurance: Importance of Quality, Importance of testing E-Commerce: Concept and Process
Global Entrepreneur Assess yourself-are you an entrepreneur? Prepare project report and study its feasibility.
03
Total 16
List of Assignments: 1. Write the SWOT Analysis required for an successful entrepreneur. 2. Collect the required information, formalities and supporting systems for starting a small
scale business. 3. Collect information regarding key parameters required for market analysis of an electrical
industry. 4. Search for current available sources of finance to start a new business and write a report. 5. Write a report on different accounting methods, financial statements and audit. 6. Write a report on preparing a good business plan. 7. Collect information on E-commerce system and write a report on how it is useful for
entrepreneurs. 8. Prepare a report on how to become a successful entrepreneur?
Learning Resources:
1) Books:
Sr. No. Author Title Publisher
1 J. S. Saini B. S. Rathore
Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice Wheeler Publisher, New Delhi
2 Prepared by Colombo plan staff college for Technician Education.
Entrepreneurship Development
Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing co. ltd. New Delhi.
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme
MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 21/11/2014 17818 IF6 42
3 J. B. Patel D. G. Allampally
A Manual on How to Prepare a Project Report
EDI STUDY MATERIAL Near Village Bhat , Via Ahmadabad Airport & Indira Bridge, P.O. Bhat 382428 , Gujrat,IndiaP.H. (079) 3969163, 3969153 E-mail : [email protected]/[email protected] Website : http://www.ediindia.org
4 Gautam Jain Debmuni Gupta
New Initiatives in Entrepreneurship Education & Training
5 Schaper, Michael Volery
Entrepreneurship- Small Business Wiley India,2011
6 Alpana, Trehan Entrepreneurship Dreamtech, 2011